Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
MODEL T101
UV FLUORESCENCE H2S ANALYZER
Also supports operation of:
800-324-5190
858-657-9800
858-657-9816
api-sales@teledyne.com
http://www.teledyne-api.com/
07266B DCN6845
08 June 2012
07266B DCN6485
ii
07266B DCN6485
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of
avoiding personal injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages
carefully. Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol, and are
placed throughout this manual; the safety symbols are also located inside the
instrument. It is imperative that you pay close attention to these messages, the
descriptions of which are as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the
manner described in this manual. If you use this instrument in a
manner other than that for which it was intended, unpredictable
behavior could ensue with possible hazardous consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es)!
Note
For Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any other
Teledyne API product, contact Teledyne APIs Technical Support Department:
Telephone: 800-324-5190
Email: sda_techsupport@teledyne.com
or access any of the service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/
07266B DCN6485
iii
CONSIGNES DE SCURIT
Des consignes de scurit importantes sont fournies tout au long du prsent
manuel dans le but dviter des blessures corporelles ou dendommager les
instruments. Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes. Chaque consigne de
scurit est reprsente par un pictogramme dalerte de scurit; ces
pictogrammes se retrouvent dans ce manuel et lintrieur des instruments. Les
symboles correspondent aux consignes suivantes :
AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc lectrique
MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit tre utilis aux fins dcrites et de la manire
dcrite dans ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument dune
autre manire que celle pour laquelle il a t prvu, linstrument
pourrait se comporter de faon imprvisible et entraner des
consquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour chantillonner des
gaz combustibles!
iv
07266B DCN6485
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024 F)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., provides that:
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready
to provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other
manufacturers in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field
troubleshooting are to be performed by the customer.
NON-TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired
to the extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective
equipment manufacturers warranty.
Product Return
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center.
After the repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
be
reviewed
at
07266B DCN6485
vi
07266B DCN6485
Rev
Name/Description
07266
05492
07347
1/19/2011
05494
03956
04354
04181
04420
04693
04932
04468
06731
Schem, Auxiliary IO
05803
06698
06882
NOTE
Please read this manual in its entirety before making any attempt to operate the instrument.
REVISION HISTORY
T101 Operation Manual 072660000
REV
B
A
DATE
2012 June 08
2011 February 14
07266B DCN6485
DCN
6845
5970
DESCRIPTION
Administrative updates.
Initial Release
vii
viii
07266B DCN6485
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 19
1.1. Features .............................................................................................................................. 19
1.2. Options ................................................................................................................................ 20
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS............................................................................................ 23
2.1. Specifications........................................................................................................................ 23
2.2. Approvals and Certifications .................................................................................................... 24
2.2.1. Safety ........................................................................................................................... 24
2.2.2. EMC .............................................................................................................................. 24
2.2.3. Other Type Certifications.................................................................................................. 24
3. GETTING STARTED ..................................................................................................................... 25
3.1. Unpacking and Initial Setup .................................................................................................... 25
3.2. Instrument Layout................................................................................................................. 26
3.2.1. Front Panel .................................................................................................................... 26
3.2.2. Rear Panel ..................................................................................................................... 30
3.2.3. Internal Chassis Layout.................................................................................................... 32
3.3. Electrical Connections ............................................................................................................ 33
3.3.1. Analog Inputs (Option 64) Connections .............................................................................. 33
3.3.2. Connecting the Analog Outputs .........................................................................................34
3.3.2.1. Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option 41) Setup............................................................ 35
3.3.3. Connecting the Status Outputs..........................................................................................36
3.3.4. Connecting the Control Inputs...........................................................................................37
3.3.5. Connecting the Communications Ports................................................................................ 39
3.3.5.1. Connecting the Serial Ports ........................................................................................39
3.3.5.2. Connecting to a LAN or the Internet ............................................................................39
3.3.5.3. Connecting to a Personal Computer (USB Option).......................................................... 39
3.3.5.4. Connecting to a Multidrop Network (Option) ................................................................. 39
3.4. Pneumatic Connections .......................................................................................................... 39
3.4.1.1. Connections with Internal Valve Options Installed.......................................................... 45
3.5. Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration ......................................................................50
3.5.1. Startup.......................................................................................................................... 50
3.5.2. Warm-Up ....................................................................................................................... 50
3.5.3. Warning Messages .......................................................................................................... 50
3.5.4. Functional Check............................................................................................................. 52
3.6. Initial Calibration................................................................................................................... 53
3.6.1. Basic Calibration Procedure .............................................................................................. 53
3.6.2. Interferences for H2S Measurements ..................................................................................56
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ...................................................................................................... 57
4.1. Overview of Operating Modes .................................................................................................. 57
4.2. Sample Mode ........................................................................................................................ 58
4.2.1. Test Functions ................................................................................................................ 58
4.2.2. Warning Messages .......................................................................................................... 61
4.3. Calibration Mode ................................................................................................................... 62
4.3.1. Calibration Password Security ...........................................................................................62
4.4. Setup Mode .......................................................................................................................... 64
4.4.1. Setup CFG: Viewing the Analyzers Configuration Information ............................................. 65
4.4.2. Setup ACAL: Auto Calibration .........................................................................................66
07266B DCN6485
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
07266B DCN6485
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xii
07266B DCN6485
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xiii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - T101 SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE - T101
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS
xiv
07266B DCN6485
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
07266B DCN6485
xv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
10-8. Typical Flow Control Assembly with Critical Flow Orifice ..................................... 256
10-9. T101 Hydrocarbon Scrubber (Kicker) .............................................................. 257
10-10. T101 Electronic Block Diagram ..................................................................... 259
10-11. T101 CPU Board ......................................................................................... 261
10-12. T101 Sample Chamber ................................................................................ 262
10-13. PMT Assembly............................................................................................ 263
10-14. Basic PMT Design ....................................................................................... 264
10-15. PMT Cooling System ................................................................................... 265
10-16. PMT Preamp Block Diagram ......................................................................... 266
10-17. Relay Board Status LED Locations ................................................................. 268
10-18. Power Distribution Block Diagram ................................................................. 272
10-19. Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram............................................. 273
10-20. Basic Software Operation............................................................................. 274
11-1. Triboelectric Charging ................................................................................... 277
11-2. Basic anti-ESD Work Station .......................................................................... 280
LIST OF TABLES
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
xvi
07266B DCN6485
TABLE OF CONTENTS
07266B DCN6485
xvii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xviii
07266B DCN6485
1. INTRODUCTION
The Model T101 UV Fluorescence H2S Analyzer measures hydrogen sulfide in levels
commonly required for Ambient Air monitoring. The analyzer converts sulfur gases to
sulfur dioxide and measures the SO2 concentrations using fluorescence technology.
1.1. FEATURES
Some features of the T101 include:
07266B DCN6485
Internal Datalogger
19
Introduction
1.2. OPTIONS
The options available for your analyzer are presented in Table 1-1 with name, option
number, a description and/or comments, and if applicable, cross-references to technical
details in this manual, such as setup and calibration. To order these options or to learn
more about them, please contact the Sales department of Teledyne - Advanced Pollution
Instruments at:
TOLL-FREE:
800-324-5190
TEL:
+1 858-657-9800
FAX:
+1 858-657-9816
E-MAIL:
apisales@teledyne.com
WEB SITE:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Option
Number
Description/Notes
Pumps meet all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting
same pneumatic performance.
Pumps
10A
10B
10C
10D
10E
11A
13
Rack Mount
Kits
20A
20B
21
Rack mount brackets only (compatible with carrying strap, Option 29)
23
Carrying Strap/Handle
29
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
A FULLY LOADED T101 WITH VALVE OPTIONS WEIGHS >20 KG (45
POUNDS).
To avoid personal injury we recommend that two persons lift and carry the
analyzer. Disconnect all cables and tubing from the analyzer before moving it.
20
07266B DCN6485
Introduction
Option
Number
Option
Analog Inputs
64
Current Loop Analog
Outputs
41
Description/Notes
Used for connecting external voltage signals from other instrumentation (such
as meteorological instruments).
Also can be used for logging these signals in the analyzers internal DAS
Adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the
analyzers analog outputs.
Isolated 0-20 or 4-20 mA current output (up to three can be retrofitted if not
installed at the factory)
Parts Kits
42A
43
Expendables Kit with IZS includes the items needed to refurbish the
internal zero air scrubber (IZS) that is included.
45
NO Optical Filter
47B
Calibration Valves
50A
50G
H2 S Permeation Tubes
Approximate
Concentration
(uncertified)
52A
106 ng/min
(certified)
52E
76 ng/min
0.76 lpm 5%
Communication Cables
60A
RS-232
60B
RS-232
60C
Ethernet
60D
USB
Concentration Alarm
Relay
61
07266B DCN6485
Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about 1.8 m
long. Used to interface with older computers or code activated
switches with DB-25 serial connectors.
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about 1.8 m
length.
21
Introduction
Option
RS-232 Multidrop
Description/Notes
Enables communications between host computer and up to eight
analyzers.
Multidrop card seated on the analyzers CPU card.
62
Special Features
N/A
N/A
N/A
22
Dilution Ratio Option allows the user to compensate for diluted sample gas,
such as in continuous emission monitoring (CEM) where the quality of gas in a
smoke stack is being tested and the sampling method used to remove the gas
from the stack dilutes the gas. Call Technical Support for activation.
07266B DCN6485
PARAMETER
Ranges
H2S: Min 0-50 ppb Full scale; Max 0-10 ppm Full scale
SO2: Up to 0-20 ppm Full scale
(selectable, independent ranges and auto ranging supported)
Measurement Units
1
Zero Noise
Span Noise1
0.4 ppb
<0.5 ppb
Lag Time
20 seconds
Rise/Fall Time1
Linearity
1% of full scale
Precision
Temperature Coefficient
Voltage Coefficient
Temperature Range
5-40oC
Humidity Range
Dimensions H x W x D
Weight, Analyzer
(Basic Configuration)
AC Power
Recorder Offset
10%
Environmental
07266B DCN6485
23
PARAMETER
Standard I/O
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital status outputs
6 opto-isolated digital control inputs
4 analog outputs
1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
3 4-20mA current outputs
Optional I/O
2.2.1. SAFETY
IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control, and laboratory use.
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive
North American:
cNEMKO (Canada): CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04
NEMKO-CCL (US): UL No. 61010-1 (2nd Edition)
2.2.2.
EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
800-324-5190
Phone:
858-657-9800
Fax:
858-657-9816
Email:
24
Sda_techsupport@teledyne.com
07266B DCN6485
3. GETTING STARTED
3.1. UNPACKING AND INITIAL SETUP
CAUTION
To avoid personal injury, always use two persons to lift and carry the Model T101.
NO
TE
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge in this manual for more information on preventing
ESD damage.
Remove dust plugs prior to operating instrument. It is recommended that you store shipping
containers/materials, including shipping screws and dust plugs for the pneumatic ports, for future use
if/when the instrument should be returned to the factory for repair and/or calibration service. See
Warranty section in this manual and shipping procedures on our Website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
07266B DCN6485
25
Getting Started
10 cm / 4 inches
2.5 cm / 1 inch
2.5 cm / 1 inch
26
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
07266B DCN6485
27
Getting Started
The front panel liquid crystal display screen includes touch control. Upon analyzer startup, the screen shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the main
display appears, similar to Figure 3-2 above (may or may not display a Fault alarm). The
LEDs on the display screen indicate the Sample, Calibration and Fault states; also on the
screen is the gas concentration field (Conc), which displays real-time readouts for the
primary gas and for the secondary gas if installed. The display screen also shows what
mode the analyzer is currently in, as well as messages and data (Param). Along the
bottom of the screen is a row of touch control buttons; only those that are currently
applicable will have a label. Table 3-1 provides detailed information for each component
of the screen.
Table 3-1. Display Screen and Touch Control Description
Field
Status
Description/Function
LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:
Name
Color
SAMPLE
CAL
FAULT
Green
Yellow
Red
State
Definition
Off
On
Blinking
Off
On
Blinking
Off
No warnings exist
Blinking
Warnings exist
Conc
Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the
analyzer in the currently selected units of measure
Mode
Param
Control
Buttons
Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until
applicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts illustrated in
this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Conc (gas concentration) fields in the
display screen are represented across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch
control buttons along the bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom row
of each menu chart.
28
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
07266B DCN6485
29
Getting Started
30
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
Function
cooling fan
AC
power
connect
or
Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through
rear.
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer.
CAUTION! The cords power specifications (specs) MUST comply
with the power specs on the analyzers rear panel Model number
label
Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
SPAN 1
SPAN2/VENT
ZERO AIR
RX TX
LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
COM 2
RS-232
DCE DTE
STATUS
ANALOG OUT
CONTROL IN
ALARM
Information Label
ETHERNET
ANALOG IN
USB
07266B DCN6485
For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data
logger.
For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.
Identifies the analyzer model number and provides power specifications
Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet
cable
Option for external voltage signals from other instrumentation and for
logging these signals
Connector for direct connection to personal computer, using USB cable.
31
Getting Started
32
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
CAUTION
Check the voltage and frequency label on the rear panel of the instrument for
compatibility with the local power before plugging the T101 into line power.
Do not plug in the power cord if the voltage or frequency is incorrect.
CAUTION
Power connection must have functioning ground connection. Do not defeat the ground
wire on power plug.
Pin assignments for the Analog In connector are presented in Table 3-3.
07266B DCN6485
33
Getting Started
DAS
PARAMETER1
DESCRIPTION
Analog input # 1
AIN 1
Analog input # 2
AIN 2
Analog input # 3
AIN 3
Analog input # 4
AIN 4
Analog input # 5
AIN 5
Analog input # 6
AIN 6
Analog input # 7
AIN 7
Analog input # 8
AIN 8
Analog input
Ground
N/A
GND
1
A1
-
A2
-
A3
+
A4
+
-
The A1 and A2 channels output a signal that is proportional to the H2S concentration of
the sample gas.
The output, labeled A4 is special. It can be set by the user (Section 4.6.9) to output any
one of the parameters accessible through the <TST TST> buttons of the units Sample
display.
Pin-outs for the Analog Output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are presented
in Table 3-4.
34
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
ANALOG OUTPUT
VOLTAGE OUTPUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A1
V Out
Ground
V Out
Ground
Not Available
Not Available
V Out
Ground
I Out +
I Out I Out +
I Out I Out +
I Out Not Available
Not Available
A2
A3
A4
The default analog output voltage setting of the T101 UV Fluorescence H2S Analyzer is 0
5 VDC with a range of 0 500 ppb. To change these settings, see Sections 4.6.3 and
4.4.4 respectively.
An optional Current Loop output is available for each output.
07266B DCN6485
35
Getting Started
STATUS
D
Connect to Internal
Ground of Monitoring
6
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5
SPAN CAL
4
ZERO CAL
3
HIGH RANGE
2
CONC VALID
SYSTEM OK
36
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
STATUS
DEFINITION
SYSTEM OK
CONC VALID
OFF any time the HOLD OFF feature is active, such as during calibration
or when other faults exist possibly invalidating the current concentration
measurement (example: sample flow rate is outside of acceptable limits).
CONDITION
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
7-8
SPARE
EMITTER BUS
SPARE
+
DC POWER
Digital
Ground
07266B DCN6485
37
Getting Started
CONTROL IN
CONTROL IN
SPAN CAL
ZERO CAL
B
SPAN CAL
ZERO CAL
5 VDC Power
Supply
C, D, E & F
STATUS
DEFINITION
REMOTE ZERO CAL
REMOTE
LO SPAN CAL
SPARE
Digital Ground
External Power
input
+
5 VDC output
38
ON CONDITION
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE (Teflon) or glass
materials. They should not come in contact with FEP or stainless steel materials.
Figure 3-11 and Figure 3-12 show the most common configurations for gas supply and
exhaust lines to the Model T101 Analyzer. Figure 3-14 shows the connections for units
with valve options installed.
Please refer to Figure 3-4 for pneumatic connections at the rear panel and Table 3-2 for
their descriptions.
07266B DCN6485
39
Getting Started
FUNCTION
Connects the sample gas to the analyzer. When operating the analyzer without
zero span option, this is also the inlet for any calibration gases.
Connects the exhaust of the analyzer with the external vacuum pump.
SPAN
ZERO AIR
On Units with zero/span valve or IZS option installed, this port connects the
zero air gas or the zero air cartridge to the analyzer.
C alibrated
H2S GAS
(A t hi gh
concentration)
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generat or
S ource of
S AMP LE Gas
Removed
durin g
Cal ibration
Sa mple
Exh aust
Chassis
Sp an
Zero Ai r
Figure 3-11. Pneumatic Connections, Basic Configuration Using Gas Dilution Calibrator
40
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
C alibrated
SO 2 or H2S
GAS
S ource of
S AMP LE Gas
( At span gas
concentration)
Removed
durin g
calib rati on
Ne edle valve to
control flow
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generat or
Valve
S ample
Ex haust
VEN T
Chassis
S pan
Ze ro Air
Figure 3-12. Pneumatic Connections, Basic Configuration Using Bottled Span Gas
07266B DCN6485
41
Getting Started
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
K IC KER EX HAU ST TO PU MP
M OLYB DENU M
C ONVERTER
PUMP
SAMPLE GAS
IN LET
SO2 H2S
SO 2
Scr ubbe r
Gas Fl ow wh en m ulti gas versi on of
NC
H2S / S O2
MODE VALVE
COM
SAMPLE
C HAMBER
FL OW
CONTROL
AS SY
UV
LAM P
VACUUM MANIFOLD
LAYER OF KICK ER
NO
PMT
SAMPLE
PR ESSUR E
SEN SOR
FLOW
SENSOR
FL OW / PR ESSUR E
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
FILTER
VALVE PORT
CONNECTION
H2S
COM NO
SO2
COM NC
H2S SO2
--
1. Attach the 1/4" exhaust line to the EXHAUST port of the analyzer and to
the inlet port of the pump.
42
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
CAUTION
The exhaust from the external pump needs to be vented outside the immediate area or
shelter surrounding the instrument and conform to all safety requirements using a
maximum of 10 meters of 1/4 PTFE tubing.
2. Attach the sample line to the SAMPLE inlet port. Ideally, the pressure of
the sample gas should be equal to ambient atmospheric pressure.
NOTE
Maximum pressure of any gas at the sample inlet should not exceed 0.5 in-Hg above ambient pressure
and ideally should equal ambient atmospheric pressure.
In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a vent must be provided to
equalize the sample gas with ambient atmospheric pressure before it enters the analyzer. The vented gas
needs to be routed outside the immediate area or shelter surrounding the instrument.
3. Attach zero air and span gas supply lines as appropriate (see Figures 3-6
& 3.7). For this type of analyzer, zero air and span gas are defined as
follows:
Zero air and span gas inlets should supply their respective gases in excess
of the 700 cc3/min demand of the analyzer. Supply and vent lines should
be of sufficient length and diameter to prevent back diffusion and pressure
effects.
SPAN GAS
Span gas is specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the type of gas being
measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range. In the case of H2S,
measurements made with the Model T101 UV Fluorescence H2S Analyzer it is
recommended that you use a span gas with a H2S concentration equal to 90% of the
measurement range for your application.
EXAMPLE: If the application is to measure between 0 ppb and 500 ppb, an appropriate
span gas concentration would be 450 ppb H2S in air.
Cylinders of calibrated H2S gas traceable to NIST-Standard Reference Material
specifications (also referred to as SRMs or EPA protocol calibration gases) are
commercially available. Table 3-5 lists specific NIST-SRM reference numbers for various
concentrations of H2S.
Some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require a multipoint calibration procedure
where span gases of different concentrations are needed. We recommend using a bottle of
calibrated H2S gas of higher concentration in conjunction with a gas dilution calibrator such
as a Teledyne API Model T700. This type of calibrator precisely mixes a high
concentration gas from zero air (both supplied externally) to accurately produce span gas
of the correct concentration. Linearity profiles can be automated with this model and run
unattended over night.
07266B DCN6485
43
Getting Started
Table 3-9. NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of H2S & SO2 Calibration Gases
NIST-SRM4
TYPE
NOMINAL
CONCENTRATION
2730
2731
Hydrogen sulfide in N2
Hydrogen sulfide in N2
5000 ppb
20 ppm
1693a
1694a
1661a
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
50 ppm
100 ppm
500 ppm
ZERO AIR
Zero air is similar in chemical composition to the earths atmosphere but without the gas
being measured by the analyzer, in this case H2S. If your analyzer is equipped with an
IZS or external zero air scrubber option, it is capable of creating zero air.
For analyzers without these options, a zero air generator such as the Teledyne API Model
701 can be used.
Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic fittings
for leaks using a procedure similar to that defined in Section 9.5.1.
44
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution Calibrator
Sample
VENT
Exhaust
Chassis
Span
Calibrated
SO 2 or H 2S
gas
External Zero
Air Scrubber
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Zero Air
Filter
(At high
con cen tration)
Sample
Exhaust
Chassis
Span
Ambient
Air
Zero Air
Figure 3-14. Basic Pneumatic Connections for Units with Valve Options
CAUTION
Gas flow must be maintained at all times for units with IZS Options installed. The IZS option includes a
permeation tube which emits H2S. Insufficient gas flow can build up H2S to levels that will damage the
instrument.
Remove the permeation device when taking the analyzer out of operation.
07266B DCN6485
45
Getting Started
K IC KER EX HAU ST TO PU MP
M OLYB DENU M
C ONVERTER
PUMP
SAMPLE GAS
IN LET
SO2 H2S
SO 2
Scr ubbe r
Gas Fl ow wh en m ulti gas versi on of
NC
EXH AUS T TO OUTER
H2S / S O2
MODE VALVE
LAYER OF KICKER
NO
COM
SAMPLE
C HAMBER
FL OW
CONTROL
AS SY
ZERO AIR
IN LET
SAMPLE/ CAL
VALV E
Z ERO/S PAN
V ALVE
NC
NO
UV
LAM P
VACUUM MANIFOLD
SPAN GA S
INLET
NO
COM
PMT
SAMPLE
PR ESSUR E
SEN SOR
FLOW
SENSOR
(KICKE R)
FL OW / PR ESSUR E
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
FILTER
NC
COM
Figure 3-15. Pneumatic Diagram of the T101 With Z/S Option Installed
The following table describes the state of each valve during the analyzers various
operational modes.
Table 3-10. Zero/Span Valve Operating States
MODE
SAMPLE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
46
VALVE
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
NO COM
Zero/Span
NO COM
Sample/Cal
NC COM
Zero/Span
NO COM
Sample/Cal
NC COM
Zero/Span
NC COM
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
Manually from the analyzers front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O
controls located under the DIAG Menu (Section 4.6.1),
Remotely by using the external digital control inputs (Section 5.1.1.2 and
Section 6.7.1), or
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (see Appendix A for the
appropriate commands).
Sources of zero and span gas flow must be capable of supplying at least 600 cm3/min.
Both supply lines should be vented outside of the analyzers enclosure. In order to prevent
back-diffusion and pressure effects, these vent lines should be between 2 and 10 meters in
length.
INTERNAL ZERO/SPAN (IZS) VALVE GAS FLOW
The T101 can be equipped with an internal zero air and span gas generator (IZS). This
option includes a heated enclosure for a permeation tube for containing the calibration gas
under high pressure (not included; H2S perm tubes can be ordered from Teledyne API;
SO2 perm tubes must be ordered from a manufacturer), an external scrubber for producing
zero air and a set of valves for switching between the sample gas inlet and the output of
the zero/span subsystem, functionally very similar to the valves included in the zero/span
valve option.
Sources of zero and span gas flow must be capable of supplying at least 600 cm3/min.
Both supply lines should be vented outside of the analyzers enclosure. In order to prevent
back-diffusion and pressure effects, these vent lines should be between 2 and 10 meters in
length.
NOTE
The instrument can only be fitted with one type of permeation tube at a time. Therefore the IZS option can
only be used to calibrate or check the instrument for one gas, H2S or SO2, but not both.
The IZS option includes an external zero air scrubber assembly that removes all H2S the
zero air source. The scrubber is filled with activated charcoal.
The Permeation Source
Span gas is created when zero air passes over a permeation tube containing liquid H2S
under high pressure, which slowly permeates through a PTFE membrane into the
surrounding air. The speed at which the H2S permeates the membrane is called the
effusion rate. The concentration of the span gas is determined by three factors: membrane
size, sample gas temperature, and zero air flow rate
Size of the membrane: The larger the area of the membrane, the more permeation
occurs.
07266B DCN6485
47
Getting Started
Temperature of the H2S: Increasing the temperature of the increases the pressure inside
the tube and therefore increases the effusion rate.
Flow rate of the zero air: If the previous two variables are constant, the permeation rate
of the calibration gas into the zero air stream will be constant. Therefore, a lower flow
rate of zero air produces higher concentrations of H2S. The T101 usually has a constant
flow rate and a constant permeation rate; hence, variations in concentration can be
achieved by changing the IZS temperature.
NOTE
The permeation tube is not included in the IZS Option and must be ordered separately.
Permeation Tube Heater
In order to keep the permeation rate constant, the IZS enclosure is heated to a constant
50 C (10 above the maximum operating temperature of the instrument). The IZS heater
is controlled by a precise PID (Proportional/Integral/Derivative) temperature control loop.
A thermistor measures the actual temperature and reports it to the CPU for control
feedback.
48
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
MOLYBD ENU M
C ON VERTER
PUMP
SAMPLE GAS
INL ET
SO2 H2S
SO 2
Scr ubber
Ga s Fl ow wh en mu ltig as v ersio n of
H2S / SO 2
MODE VALVE
NO
NC
FLOW
CONTROL
AS SY
UV
LAMP
5 MIL ORIFIC E
SAMP LE/CAL
VALVE
NO
C OM
NO
IZS
Permeation Tube
H 2S Source
F ILT ER
ZERO AIR
Z ERO/S PAN
V ALVE
COM
SAMPLE
CH AMBER
REA CTION
CELL PUR GE
VACUUM MANIFOLD
1 2 MIL ORIFIC E
ZER O A IR INL ET
SCRUB BER
NO
COM
PMT
HYDR OC ARBON
SC RUBB ER
SA MPLE
PR ESSUR E
SENS OR
FLOW
SENSOR
(K ICKER )
FL OW / PR ESSUR E
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
FILTER
Figure 3-16. Pneumatic Diagram of the T101 with IZS Options Installed
The following table describes the state of each valve during the analyzers various
operational modes.
Table 3-11. IZS Valve Operating States
MODE
SAMPLE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
07266B DCN6485
VALVE
CONDITION
VALVE PORT
CONNECTIONS
Sample/Cal
NO COM
Zero/Span
NO COM
Sample/Cal
NC COM
Zero/Span
NO COM
Sample/Cal
NC COM
Zero/Span
NC COM
49
Getting Started
Manually from the analyzers front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O
controls located under the DIAG Menu (Section 4.6.1),
Remotely by using the external digital control inputs (Section 5.1.1.2 and
Section 6.7.1), or
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (see Appendix A-6 for
the appropriate commands).
3.5.1. STARTUP
After the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, an initial functional check is in
order. Turn on the instrument. The pump and exhaust fan should start immediately. The
front panel display screen will briefly show a logo splash screen at the start of
initialization.
The analyzer should automatically switch to Sample Mode after completing the boot-up
sequence and start monitoring H2S gas. However, there is an approximately one hour
warm-up period before reliable gas measurements can be taken. During the warm-up
period, the front panel display may show messages in the Parameters field.
3.5.2. WARM-UP
Allow a 60-minute warm-up period before collecting sample data.
50
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
MEANING
The temperature inside the T101 chassis is outside the specified limits.
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was set to
active
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was set to
active
CONFIG INITIALIZED
SHUTTER WARNING
Dark offset above limit specified indicating that too much stray light is
present in the sample chamber.
DATA INITIALIZED
HVPS WARNING
High voltage power supply for the PMT is outside of specified limits.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
SYSTEM RESET
UV LAMP WARNING
TEST
HVPS WARNING
CAL
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.000 PPB
NOTE:
If the warning message persists
after several attempts to clear it,
the message may indicate a
real problem and not an artifact
of the warm-up period
07266B DCN6485
SAMPLE
TEST
MSG
MSG
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
MSG
SO2 = 0.00
CLR
SETUP
SO2 = 0.00
CLR
SETUP
SO2 = 0.00
CLR
SETUP
51
Getting Started
H2S = X.X
SETUP
RANGE
H2S STB
SAMP FL
PRES
PMT
NORM PMT
UV LAMP
LAMP RATIO
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
DARK LAMP
H2S SLOPE3
H2S OFFS3
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
CONV TEMP
IZS TEMP1
TEST2
TIME
NOTE
Once you have completed the above set-up procedures, please fill out the Quality Questionnaire that was
shipped with your unit and return it to Teledyne API.
This information is vital to our efforts in continuously improving our service and our products.
THANK YOU.
52
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
0
07266B DCN6485
.0
ENTR EXIT
.0
ENTR EXIT
53
Getting Started
H2S =XXX.X
54
SETUP
M-P CAL
ZERO
H2S =X.XXX
EXIT
CONC
M-P CAL
.0
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Getting Started
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S =X.XXX
SETUP
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until H2S STB
falls below 0.5 ppb.
M-P CAL
M-P CAL
SETUP
M-P CAL
SO2 =X.XXX
CONC
CONC
SO2 =X.XXX
EXIT
SO2 =X.XXX
EXIT
ACTION:
Allow span gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
The value of
H2S STB may jump
significantly.
Wait until it falls back
below 0.5 ppb.
The SPAN button now
appears during the
transition from zero to
span. You may see
both buttons.
If either the ZERO or
SPAN buttons fail to
appear see Section 11
for troubleshooting tips.
M-P CAL
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
CONC
M-P CAL
CONC
H2S =X.XXX
EXIT
H2S =X.XXX
EXIT
H2S =X.XXX
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
55
Getting Started
56
07266B DCN6485
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
The T101 is a micro-computer-controlled analyzer with a dynamic menu interface for
easy and yet powerful and flexible operation. All major operations are controlled from
the front panel touch screen control.
To assist in navigating the systems software, a series of menu trees can be found in
Appendix A of this manual.
NOTE
The ENTR button may disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or out of the allowable range for that
parameter, such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an
allowable value, the ENTR button will reappear.
DESCRIPTION
One of the analyzers diagnostic modes is active (Section 4.6).
M-P CAL
This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing
the CAL button.
SAMPLE
SAMPLE A
07266B DCN6485
57
Operating Instructions
MODE
DESCRIPTION
2
SETUP X.#
SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer. The gas measurement will
continue during this process.
SPAN CAL A1
SPAN CAL M1
SPAN CAL R
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or
digital control inputs.
ZERO CAL A1
ZERO CAL M1
ZERO CAL R
1
2
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated remotely through the COM
ports or digital control inputs.
Finally, the various CAL modes allow calibration of the analyzer. Calibration is described
in Section 6.
58
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
PARAMETER
UNITS
DESCRIPTION
RANGE
Range
--
PPB, PPM,
UGM &
MGM
The full scale limit at which the reporting range of the analyzers
ANALOG OUTPUTS are currently set. THIS IS NOT the physical range
of the instrument.
Range1
Range2
H2S STB1
Stability
PPB
SAMP FL
Sample Flow
cm/min
(cc/m)
The flow rate of the sample gas through the sample chamber.
PRES
Sample
Pressure
in-Hg-A
PMT
PMT Signal
mV
NORM
PMT
NORMALIZED
PMT Signal
mV
UV LAMP
Source UV
Lamp Intensity
mV
LAMP
RATIO
UV Source
lamp ratio
STR. LGT
Stray Light
ppb
The offset due to stray light recorded by the CPU during the last zeropoint calibration performed.
DRK PMT
Dark PMT
mV
The PMT output reading recorded the last time the UV source lamp
shutter was closed.
DRK LMP
Dark UV
Source Lamp
mV
The UV reference detector output reading recorded the last time the
UV source lamp shutter was closed.
SO2
SLOPE1
SO2
measurement
Slope
SO2
OFFS1
SO2
measurement
Offset
H2S
SLOPE1
H2S
measurement
Slope
H2S
OFFS1
H2S
measurement
Offset
mV
HVPS
--
RCELL
TEMP
Sample
Chamber Temp
BOX
TEMP
Box
Temperature
PMT
TEMP
Pmt
Temperature
IZS
TEMP1
IZS
Temperature1
CONV
H2S SO2
07266B DCN6485
mV
-
59
Operating Instructions
TEMP
Converter
Temperature
TEST2
Test Signal2
mV
TIME
Clock Time
hh:mm:ss
The current day time for DAS records and calibration events.
Shown as they appear when analyzer is in H2S mode. In SO2 mode appear as SO2 STB, SO2 OFFS & SO2 SLOPE. In
multigas mode, both versions appear.
To view the TEST Functions press the following touchscreen control button sequence:
SAMPLE
SETUP
RANGE
H2S STB3
SAMP FL
PRES
PMT
NORM PMT
UV LAMP
LAMP RATIO
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
DARK LAMP
H2S SLOPE 3
H2S OFFS3
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
CONV TEMP
IZS TEMP1
TEST 2
TIME
NOTE
A value of XXXX displayed for any of the TEST functions indicates an out-of-range reading or the
analyzers inability to calculate it.
All pressure measurements are represented in terms of absolute pressure. Absolute, atmospheric
pressure is 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It decreases about 1 in-Hg per 300 m gain in altitude. A variety of
factors such as air conditioning and passing storms can cause changes in the absolute atmospheric
pressure.
60
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
MEANING
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was
set to turned on
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was
set to turned on
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Dark offset above limit specified indicating that too much stray
light is present in the sample chamber.
DAS data storage was erased.
High voltage power supply for the PMT is outside of specified
limits.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
SYSTEM RESET
UV LAMP WARNING
07266B DCN6485
61
Operating Instructions
TEST
HVPS WARNING
CAL
SAMPLE
MSG
RANGE=500.000 PPB
SAMPLE
NOTE:
If the warning message persists
after several attempts to clear it,
the message may indicate a
real problem and not an artifact
of the warm-up period
TEST
MSG
HVPS WARNING
CAL
MSG
H2S = 0.00
CLR
SETUP
H2S = 0.00
CLR
SETUP
H2S = 0.00
CLR
SETUP
The CALS button is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer. It is
recommended that this span calibration is performed at 90% of full scale
of the analyzers currently selected reporting range.
Because of their critical importance and complexity, calibration operations are described
in Section 6 of this manual.
62
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
The default status of the calibration password is OFF. To enable the calibration password
press:
SAMPLE
H2S =X.XXX
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR accepts
displayed
password value
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
CAL. PASSWORD
default state is
OFF
Toggles
password
status On/Off
ENTR EXIT
PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
ENTR EXIT
ON
SETUP X.X
EXIT
OFF
SETUP X.X
EXIT returns to
SAMPLE display
ENTR accepts
the change
PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
ON
EXIT ignores
the change
ENTR EXIT
If the calibration password (101) is enabled, the following menu button sequence will be
required to enter one of the calibration modes:
SAMPLE
H2S =X.XXX
SAMPLE
Prompts
password
number
SAMPLE
Press
individual
buttons to set
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
101
M-P CAL
ZERO
CONC
H2S =X.XXX
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
63
Operating Instructions
MODE OR FEATURE
TOUCHSCREEN
BUTTON
Analyzer Configuration
CFG
ACAL
DAS
4.8
RNGE
4.4.4
Calibration Password
Security
PASS
4.4.5
Internal Clock
Configuration
CLK
4.4.6
Advanced SETUP
features
MORE
(Table
4-5)
DESCRIPTION
Lists key hardware and software configuration
information
4.4.1
6.9
TOUCHSCREEN
BUTTON
External Communication
Channel Configuration
COMM
VARS
4.5
System Diagnostic
Features
DIAG
4.6
64
MANUAL
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
4.7 & 5
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
NOTE
If the analyzer beeps when you press the EXIT button, it means that youve made a
change/entered a new value for a parameter but have not caused it to be accepted by
pressing ENTR first.
H2S =X.XXX
SAMPLE
Press NEXT of PREV to move back
and forth through the following list
of Configuration information:
MODEL NAME
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
NEXT
PREV
EXIT
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to the
SAMPLE display
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to
SETUP menu
07266B DCN6485
65
Operating Instructions
H2 S/SO2
concentration outputs
Not Used
Test Channel
A1
-
A2
-
A3
+
A4
+
-
All three outputs can be configured either at the factory or by the user for full scale
outputs of 0.1 VDC, 1VDC, 5VDC or 10VDC. Additionally A1 and A2 may be equipped
with optional 0-20 mADC current loop drivers and configured for any current output
within that range (e.g. 0-20, 2-20, 4-20, etc.). The user may also adjust the signal level
and scaling of the actual output voltage or current to match the input requirements of the
recorder or data logger (See Sections 4.6.3.3 and 4.6.3.5).
In its basic configuration, the A1 and A2 channels of the T101 output a signal that is
proportional to the H2S concentration of the sample gas. Several operating modes are
available which allow them to be slaved together (SNGL Mode, see Section 4.4.4.4 or
66
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
AUTO mode, see section 4.4.4.6) or operate independently (IND mode, see Section
4.4.4.5) The user may also select between a variety of reporting range spans as well:
EXAMPLE:
A1 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0-5 VDC representing 0-1000 ppm concentration values
A2 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0 10 VDC representing 0-500 ppm concentration
values.
NOTE
On analyzers with the SO2-H2S multigas measurement option installed the outputs of A1
and A2 correspond to:
Output
Channel
A1
A2
SO2
Mode
SO2
SO2
SO2 H2S
Mode
SO2
H2S
H2 S
Mode
H2S
H2S
As the instrument switches from H2S mode to SO2 mode and back, only the reporting range and analog
output associated with the gas currently being measured will be active. The reporting range and analog
output for the gas no being measured will continue to report the last valid reading.
The output, labeled A4 is special. It can be set by the user (see Section 4.6.9) to output
many of the parameters accessible through the <TST TST> buttons of the units Sample
Display.
Output A3 is not available on the Model T101 Analyzer.
07266B DCN6485
67
Operating Instructions
Single range (SNGL) mode: This mode sets a single maximum range for
the analog output. If single range is selected (see Section 4.4.4.4) both
outputs are slaved together and will represent the same measurement
span (e.g. 0-50 ppm), however their electronic signal levels may be
configured differently (e.g. 0-10 VDC vs. 0-.1 VDC see Section 4.6.3.1).
In SO2/H2S multigas measurement mode, although the two inputs are
measuring different gases, the two measurements scales are identical.
Independent range (IND) mode: This mode allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be
configured with different measurement spans (see Section 4.4.4.5) as well as separate
electronic signal levels (see Section 4.6.3.1) and, if the instrument is equipped with the
SO2/H2S multigas measurement option, different gas measurements.
Auto range (AUTO) mode: As in single range mode, both outputs are
slaved together and will represent the same measurement span; however
this mode gives the analyzer the ability switch to automatically switch
between the two user selected ranges (High and Low). This switching
occurs dynamically as the concentration value fluctuates.
High/low range status is output via the External Digital I/O Status Bits (see Section
5.1.1.1).
To select the Analog Output Range Type press:
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
8
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
MODE SET UNIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
Only one of the
range modes may
be active at any
time.
68
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT Returns
to the Main
SAMPLE Display
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP C.3
SETUP C.3
ENTR EXIT
SETUP C.3
SETUP C.3
SNGL IND
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP C.3
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP C.3
EXIT
AUTO
AUTO
SETUP C.3
SNGL IND
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT x 2 returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
NOTE
On analyzers with the multigas option activated (see Sections 4.5.1 and 6.8) the concentration value will
switch back and forth between from H2S=XXX.X to SO2=XXX.X depending on which gas is currently
being measured.
07266B DCN6485
69
Operating Instructions
For T101s configured to measure both SO2 and H2S in multigas measurement mode:
LOW range = RANGE1 = Range value for output A1= 0-1500 ppm
SO2.
HIGH range = RANGE2 = Range value for output A2 =0-1000 ppm
H2S.
To select the independent reporting range mode and set the upper measurement limits for
the two outputs, press:
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SNGL IND AUTO
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
.0
ENTR EXIT
.0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle the
buttons under
each digit to set
the upper limit
of each range.
EXIT
EXIT Returns
to the Main
SAMPLE Display
NOTE
In INDEPENDENT range mode the two reporting ranges have separate slopes and offsets
for computing concentration and MUST be independently calibrated.
70
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
NOTE
On analyzers with the multigas option activated (see Sections 4.5.1 and 6.8) the titles
displayed on the instruments front panel during the previous operation appear as:
LOW range appears as SO2 RANGE
high range appears as H2S RANGE
As the instrument switches from H2S mode to SO2 mode and back, only the reporting
range and analog output associated with the gas currently being measured will be active.
The reporting range and analog output for the gas no being measured will continue to
report the last valid reading.
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP X.X
SNGL IND
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
AUTO
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
07266B DCN6485
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
AUTO
EXIT x 2 returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SNGL IND
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
.0
ENTR EXIT
71
Operating Instructions
NOTE
On analyzers with the multigas option activated (see Section s 4.5.1 and 6.8) the concentration value will
switch back and forth between from H2S=XXX.X to SO2=XXX.X depending on which gas is currently
being measured.
Also, The analyzer will switch between the HIGH and LOW analog reporting ranges
whenever the concentration level of the gas being currently measured fulfills the trigger
criteria listed at the beginning of this section.
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT returns
to the main menu.
EXIT
ENTER EXIT
ENTER EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new unit,
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
menu.
NOTE
Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and g/m3 use standard temperature and pressure
(STP). The conversion factors from volumetric to mass units used in the T101 are:
72
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP C.3
SETUP C.3
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
SETUP C.3
0
SETUP C.3
0
.0
ENTR
EXIT
.0
ENTR
EXIT
The analyzer multiplies the measured gas concentrations with this dilution factor and
displays the result.
NOTE
Once the above settings have been entered, the instrument needs to be recalibrated using one of the
methods discussed in Section 6.
07266B DCN6485
73
Operating Instructions
LEVEL
Null (000)
Operation
101
Configuration/Maintenance
818
74
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
Enter Current
Time-of-Day
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
EXIT
TIME DATE
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X3
1 2 :0 0
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
ENTR EXIT
1 2 :0 0
0 1
0 1
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
JAN
ENTR EXIT
0 2
DATE: 01-JAN-02
0 2
ENTR EXIT
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE
EXIT
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
07266B DCN6485
JAN
Enter Current
Date-of-Year
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
75
Operating Instructions
In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run fast or slow, there is a variable to speed
up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day. To change this variable, press:
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
SETUP
SETUPX.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
PREV
8) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
JUMP
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
1 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
CLOCK_ADJ:0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Enter sign and number of seconds per
day the clock gains (-) or loses (+).
SETUP X.X
0 ) MEASURE_MODE=H2S
NEXT JUMP
SETUP X.X
8) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
76
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MEASURE_MODE
CAL_GAS
DAS_HOLD_OFF
TPC_ENABLE
RCELL_SET
IZS_SET
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
SO2;
SO2 H2S;
H2 S
DEF, SO2 , H2S
Changes the internal data acquisition system (DAS ) holdoff time, which is the duration when data are not stored in
Can be between 0.5
the DAS because the software considers the data to be
and 20 minutes
questionable. That is the case during warm-up or just after
the instrument returns from one of its calibration modes to
Default=15 min.
SAMPLE mode. DAS_HOLD_OFF can be disabled entirely in
each DAS channel.
ALLOWED
VALUES
ON/OFF
30 C - 70 C
Default= 50 C
30 C - 70 C
Default= 50 C
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CLOCK_ADJ
10
SERVICE_CLEAR
07266B DCN6485
AUTO, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default=AUTO
-60 to +60 s/day
OFF/ON
77
Operating Instructions
NO.
VARIABLE
11
TIME_SINCE_SVC
12
SVC_INTERVAL
78
DESCRIPTION
ALLOWED
VALUES
0-500000
0-100000
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following touchscreen button sequence:
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT ignores the new setting.
SETUP X.X
0 ) MEASURE_MODE=H2S
NEXT JUMP
SETUP X.X
EXIT
1 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
SETUP X.X
NEXT JUMP
1
SETUP X.X
DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
.0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to change setting
1 ) TPC_ENABLE=ON
SETUP X.X
TPC_ENABLE=ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to change setting
SETUP X.X
3)RCELL_SET=50.0 DegC
SETUP X.X
DO NOT change
theses set-points
unless
specifically
instructed to by
T-API Customer
Service.
3) IZS_SET=50.0 DegC
SETUP X.X
5 ) DYN_ZERO=ON
SETUP X.X
DYN_ZERO=ON
ON
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
6) DYN_SPAN=ON
DYN_SPAN=ON
ON
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to change setting
7) CONC_PRECISION : 1
SETUP X.X
AUTO
CONC_PRECISION : 3
0
ENTR EXIT
8) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
SETUP X.X
CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
Toggle each to change setting
07266B DCN6485
79
Operating Instructions
H 2S
The sample gas stream is stripped of any ambient SO2 by a special
chemical scrubber, then passed through a catalytic converter that changes
the H2S present into SO2 which is then measured using the UV
Fluorescence method
SO2
The sample gas stream bypasses the SO2 Scrubber and catalytic converter
allowing the only ambient SO2 to be measured.
H2S SO2
The switching valve alternates the gas stream between the two paths at
regular intervals allowing the instrument to measure both gases.
To select one of these three measurement modes (see Section 10.3.2 for additional
details), press:
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
0 ) MEASURE_MODE=H2S
NEXT JUMP
EXIT
PREV
SETUP X.X
NEXT
80
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
FRONT PANEL
MODE
INDICATOR
DIAG I/O
DIAG AOUT
DIAG AIO
OPTIC TEST When activated, the analyzer performs an optic test, which
turns on an LED located inside the sensor module near the PMT (Fig. 1015). This diagnostic tests the response of the PMT without having to
supply span gas.
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
DIAG OPTIC
4.6.4
DIAG ELEC
DIAG LAMP
DIAG PCAL
DIAG FCAL
DIAG TCHN
07266B DCN6485
SECTION
4.6.5
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.6.8
4.6.9
81
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
DIAG
SETUP
PREV
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE
display
EXIT returns
to the PRIMARY
SETUP MENU
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
DIAG
PREV
EXIT
EXIT
PREV
PREV
ANALOG OUTPUT
NEXT
PREV
DIAG
ENTR
ENTR
NEXT
NEXT
PREV
ENTR
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
LAMP CALIBRATION
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
NEXT
DIAG
EXIT
EXIT
ELECTRICAL TEST
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
PREV
ENTR
OPTIC TEST
DIAG
EXIT
DIAG
82
ENTR EXIT
NEXT
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
EXIT
FLOW CALIBRATION
NEXT
ENTR
DIAG
PREV
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SIGNAL I / O
DIAG I / O
DIAG
ENTR EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
ENTR EXIT
EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF
PRNT EXIT
EXAMPLE
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
DIAG I / O
EXIT
Press JUMP to go
directly to a specific
signal
See Appendix A-4 for
a complete list of
available SIGNALS
JUMP TO: 12
ENTR EXIT
DIAG I / O
ST_CONC_VALID = ON
ON PRNT EXIT
EXAMPLE:
Enter 12 to Jump to
12) ST_CONC_VALID
Exit to return
to the
DIAG menu
Pressing PRNT will send a formatted printout to the serial port and can be captured
with a computer or other output device.
07266B DCN6485
83
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
DIAG
SETUP
NEXT
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
NEXT
EXIT
ENTR
[0%]
EXIT
Performs
analog output
step test.
0% - 100%
ANALOG OUTPUT
EXIT
0%
DIAG AOUT
PREV
ANALOG OUTPUT
DIAG AOUT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
Exit-Exit
returns to the
DIAG menu
ANALOG OUTPUT
EXIT
Pressing the button under 0% while performing the test will pause
the test at that level. Brackets will appear around the value; example:
[20%] Pressing the same button again will resume the test.
84
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
FUNCTION
AOUTS
CALIBRATED:
Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a
calibration of all analog output channels.
CONC_OUT_1
Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 analog output (H2S). There are
three options:
RANGE: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and full scale level
of the output.
REC_OFS: Allows setting a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set
to current loop.
TEST OUTPUT
AIN CALIBRATED
Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog to
digital converter circuit on the motherboard.
XIN1
For each of 8 external analog inputs channels, shows the gain, offset, engineering
units, and whether the channel is to show up as a Test function.
.
.
.
XIN8
To configure the analyzers four analog outputs, set the electronic signal type of each
channel and calibrate the outputs. This consists of:
Selecting an output type (voltage or current, if an optional current output driver has
been installed) and the signal level that matches the input requirements of the
recording device attached to the channel (Section 4.6.3.1).
Calibrating the output channel. This can be done automatically or manually for each
channel (Sections 4.6.3.2 and 4.6.3.3).
Adding a bipolar recorder offset to the signal, if required (Section 4.6.3.4)
In its standard configuration, the analyzers outputs can be set for the following DC
voltages. Each range is usable from -5% to + 5% of the nominal range.
Table 4-10. Analog Output Voltage Ranges
RANGE
MINIMUM OUTPUT
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0-0.1 V
-5 mV
+105 mV
0-1 V
-0.05 V
+1.05 V
0-5 V
-0.25 V
+5.25 V
0-10 V
-0.5 V
+10.5 V
07266B DCN6485
85
Operating Instructions
The following DC current output limits apply to the current loop modules:
Table 4-11. Analog Output Current Loop Range
RANGE
MINIMUM OUTPUT
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0-20 mA
0 mA
20 mA
These are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical applications use 2-20 or 4-20
mA for the lower and upper limits. Please specify desired range when ordering this option.
The default offset for all ranges is 0 mA.
Pin assignments for the output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are shown in
Table 4-12.
ANALOG OUT
+
A1
-
A2
-
A3
+
A4
+
-
ANALOG
OUTPUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
VOLTAGE
SIGNAL
CURRENT
SIGNAL
V Out
I Out +
Ground
I Out -
V Out
I Out +
Ground
I Out -
Not Used
Not Used
V Out
not available
Ground
not available
See Figure 3-4 for a the location of the analog output connector on the instruments rear
panel.
86
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
DIAG AIO
CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
EDIT
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET>
EDIT
EXIT
1V
5V
10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
EXIT
ENTR
1V
5V
10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
87
Operating Instructions
PREV
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
ENTR
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
EXIT
CAL
AOUTS CALIBRATED:
88
CAL
Exit to return to
the I/O
configuration
menu
YES
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
ENTR
DIAG AIO
<
EXIT
EXIT to Return
to the main
Sample Display
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET>
CAL
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET>
EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
<SET
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
EDIT
EDIT
CAL
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
07266B DCN6485
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
EXIT
<SET
EXIT
89
Operating Instructions
To select manual output calibration for a particular channel, activate the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION MENU (see Section 4.6.3), then press:
DIAG
Exit to return to
the main
sample display
PREV
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
ENTR
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
DIAG AIO
EXIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
EDIT
EXIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
ON
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET>
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
EXIT
Toggles the
auto cal mode
ON/ OFF for
this analog
output channel
only.
Now the analog output channels should either be automatically calibrated or they should
be set to manual calibration, which is described next.
Zero Tolerance
Span Voltage
Span Tolerance
0.1 VDC
0.0005V
90 mV
0.001V
1 VDC
0.001V
900 mV
0.001V
5 VDC
0.002V
4500 mV
0.003V
10 VDC
0.004V
4500 mV
0.006V
NOTE
Outputs configured for 0.1V full scale should always be calibrated manually.
90
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
+DC
Gnd
V OUT +
V IN +
V OUT -
V IN -
Recording
Device
ANALYZER
To make these adjustments, the AOUT auto-calibration feature must be turned off
(Section6.9). Activate the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU (see Section
4.6.3), then press:
FROM ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU
DIAG AIO
DIAG
CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 5V
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
EDIT
SET>
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
EXIT
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
< SET SET>
CAL
EDIT
EXIT
If AutoCal is ON, go to
Section 6.7.3
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CHANNEL
A1
A2
A4
DIAG AIO
< SET
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
EDIT
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
EXIT
CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 VOLTZ : 0 mV
DIAG AIO
07266B DCN6485
EXIT
91
Operating Instructions
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
EXIT
EXIT
EDIT
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET>
DIAG AIO
EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
0
CAL
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
ENTR
EXIT
EDIT
RECORD OFFSET: 0 MV
0
ENTR EXIT
92
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
Similar to the voltage calibration, the software allows this current adjustment to be made
in 100, 10 or 1 count increments. Since the exact current increment per voltage count
varies from output to output and from instrument to instrument, you will need to measure
the change in the current with a current meter placed in series with the output circuit
(Figure 4-5).
See Table 3-2 for
pin assignments of
the Analog Out
connector on the
rear panel.
mA
IN
OUT
I OUT +
I IN +
I OUT -
I IN -
Recording
Device
Analyzer
07266B DCN6485
93
Operating Instructions
To adjust the zero and span values of the current outputs, activate the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION MENU (see Section 4.6.3), then press:
FROM ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
DIAG AIO
SET>
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 CURR-Z: 0 mV
CONC_OUT_2:CURR, NO CAL
EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
<SET SET>
EDIT
< SET
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 ZERO: 27 mV
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET
EXIT
If a current meter is not available, an alternative method for calibrating the current loop
outputs is to connect a 250 1% resistor across the current loop output. Using a
voltmeter, connected across the resistor, follow the procedure above but adjust the output
to the following values:
Table 4-14. Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor
94
FULL
SCALE
0%
0.5 V
1.0 V
100%
5.0 V
5.0 V
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
DIAG
PREV
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
Instrument
calibrates
automatically
DIAG AIO
CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
07266B DCN6485
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
EXIT
95
Operating Instructions
offset (volts)
DIAG
PREV
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
ENTR
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF
EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
DIAG AIO
EXIT
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
EDIT
EXIT
XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V
DIAG AIO
< SET
SET>
DIAG AIO
< SET
SET>
DIAG AIO
< SET
EDIT
EXIT
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
XIN1 UNITS:V
EDIT
EXIT
XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF
EDIT
EXIT
Press to change
Gain value
96
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
8
H2S =XXX.X
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DIAG OPTIC
OPTIC TEST
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTR
NEXT
SETUP
SO2=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST>
EXIT
Press TST until
DIAG ELEC
<TST TST>
PMT = 2751 MV
SO2=X.XXX
EXIT
NOTE
This is a coarse test for functionality and not an accurate calibration tool. The resulting
PMT signal can vary significantly over time and also changes with low-level calibration.
07266B DCN6485
97
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
SAMPLE
DIAG
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SETUP X.X
ELECTRICAL TEST
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DIAG ELEC
SETUP X.X
EXIT
ENTR
SETUP
O2=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST>
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
Press TST until
98
DIAG ELEC
<TST TST>
PMT = 1732 MV
SO2=X.XXX
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
SETUP
ENTR
NEXT
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
Exit at
any time
to return
to main
the
SETUP
menu
DIAG
LAMP CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DIAG FCAL
SETUP X.X
EXIT
.4
EXIT
The value displayed is the
current output of the UV
source reference detector
07266B DCN6485
ENTR EXIT
99
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
SETUP
ENTR
NEXT
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
Exit at
any time
to return
to main
the
SETUP
menu
DIAG
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
.2
EXIT
Adjust these values until the
displayed pressure equals the
pressure measured by the
independent pressure meter.
100
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
SETUP
ENTR
NEXT
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
Exit at
any time
to return
to main
the
SETUP
menu
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DIAG FCAL
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT
Adjust these values until the
displayed flow rate equals the
flow rate being measured by the
independent flow meter.
07266B DCN6485
ENTR EXIT
101
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
Continue to press NEXT until
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE
display
PREV
EXIT
ENTR
NEXT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
NEXT
DIAG
EXIT
EXIT
ENTR
ANALOG OUTPUT
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Press EXIT to
return to the
DIAG menu
NONE
PMT READING
0-5000 mV
UV READING
0-5000 mV
SAMPLE PRESSURE
0-40 in-Hg-A
SAMPLE FLOW
0-1000 cm/min
RCELL TEMP
0-70 C
CHASSIS TEMP
0-70 C
IZS TEMP
0-70 C
PMT TEMP
0-50 C
CHASSIS TEMP
0-70 C
HVPS VOLTAGE
0-5000 V
102
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
Once a TEST function is selected, the instrument begins to report a signal on the A4
output and adds TEST= to the list of test functions viewable on the display (just before
the TIME display).
4.7.1. INSTRUMENT ID
Each type of Teledyne APIs analyzer is configured with a default ID code. The default
ID code for all T101 analyzers is either 0 or 101. The ID number is only important if
more than one analyzer is connected to the same communications channel such as when
several analyzers are on the same Ethernet LAN, in a RS-232 Multidrop chain, or
operating over a RS-485 network. If two analyzers of the same model type are used on
one channel, the ID codes of one or both of the instruments needs to be changed so that
they are unique to the instruments.
07266B DCN6485
103
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID HESN
EXIT
COM1
SETUP X.
0
COM2
ENTR EXIT
The ID can be any 4 digit number and can also be used to identify analyzers in any
number of ways (e.g. location numbers, company asset number, etc.)
104
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
Parity: None.
Parity: None.
CAUTION
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may incorporate internal wiring that
make the link inoperable. Check cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin
assignments before using.
07266B DCN6485
105
Operating Instructions
The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring
harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12.
Teledyne API offers two mating cables, one of which should be applicable for your use.
Part number WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long.
Allows connection of COM1 with the serial port of most personal
computers.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no additional
adapters.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem, there
are activity indicators just above the COM1 port. Once a cable is connected between the
analyzer and a computer or modem, both the red and green LEDs should be on. If the
lights for COM 1 are not lit, use small switch on the rear panel to switch it between DTE
and DCE modes (see Section 4.7.5). If both LEDs are still not illuminated, check the
cable for proper wiring.
The two LEDs located over COM2 are currently deactivated. If you have problems
getting COM2 to activate, it may be necessary to install a null-modem cable (contact
Technical Support for information).
106
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and computers
(which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the rear panel allows the
user to set the configuration of COM1 for one of these two modes. This switch
exchanges the receive and transmit lines on COM1 emulating a cross-over or null-modem
cable. The switch has no effect on COM2.
FUNCTION
amber (link)
green (activity
07266B DCN6485
107
Operating Instructions
will automatically be assigned an IP address by the DHCP server (Section 4.10.6.2). This
configuration is useful for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a network.
However, for permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be used. Section
4.7.6.2 below details how to configure the instrument with a static IP address.
NOTE
It is a good idea to check these settings the first time you power up your analyzer after it has been
physically connected to the LAN/Internet to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the
appropriate information from you network server(s).
If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g. 0.0.0.0), the DCHP was not
successful.
You may have to manually configure the analyzers Ethernet properties.
See your network administrator.
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR
ID
INET
EXIT
EXIT
<SET
EXIT
<SET
<SET
EXIT
SET>
EXIT
EDITING
disabled
when
DHCP is
ON
SET>
EXIT
SET>
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
108
<SET
EDIT
SET>
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
<SET
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SET>
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
SETUP X.X
EDIT
EXIT
HOSTNAME: T101
EDIT
EXIT
Do not alter
unless
directed to by
Teledyne
APIs
Customer
Service
personnel
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
Connect a cable from the analyzers Ethernet port to a Local Area Network
(LAN) or Internet port.
2.
3.
Follow the setup sequence as shown in the illustrations that follow, and
edit the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to the
desired settings. (From the computer, enter the same information through
an application such as HyperTerminal).
INSTRUMENT IP
ADDRESS
DEFAULT STATE
ON
0.0.0.0
DESCRIPTION
This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or
OFF. Press EDIT and toggle ON for automatic
configuration after first consulting network
administrator.
This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each
(e.g. 192.168.76.55.) is the address of the
analyzer itself.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS
0.0.0.0
SUBNET MASK
TCP PORT1
HOST NAME
1
0.0.0.0
3000
T101
Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne APIs Technical
Support personnel.
07266B DCN6485
109
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
INET
COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
OFF
EXIT
EXIT
DHCP: ON
ENTR EXIT
ON
SETUP X.X
ID
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accept
new settings
EXIT ignores
new settings
110
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
BUTTON
FUNCTION
Press to cycle through the range of numerals and
available characters (0 9 & . )
[0]
<CH CH>
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DEL
ENTR
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
<CH CH>
DEL [0]
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
<CH CH>
DEL [?]
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SET> EDIT
<CH CH>
EDIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
The PORT number needs to remain at 3000.
Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne APIs Customer Service personnel.
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
ID
07266B DCN6485
DEL [?]
INET
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
Contact your IT
Network Administrator
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
EXIT
111
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
EDIT
EXIT
HOSTNAME: 101
<SET
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EDIT
SET>
DHCP: ON
SETUP X.X
<CH CH>
HOSTNAME: [T]101
INS
DEL
[?]
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
SETUP X.X
ID
INET
COM1 COM2
HOSTNAME: 101-FIELD1
EXIT
<SET
SETUP X.X
EDIT
EXIT
INITIALIZING INET
0%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
ID
112
INET
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
FUNCTION
<CH
CH>
INS
DEL
[?]
Press this key to cycle through the range of numerals and characters available
for insertion. 0-9, A-Z, space ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } <
>\ | ; : , . / ?
ENTR
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
113
Operating Instructions
3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer and your
analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A Type B cable, commonly used as a
USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically assigned to the
USB connection. (Start Control Panel System Hardware Device
Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the communications software,
such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.
Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne APIcom
Manual, PN 07463.
114
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
NOTE
USB configuration requires that the baud rates of the instrument and the PC match; check the PC baud
rate and change if needed.
Using the USB port disallows use of the rear panel COM2 port except for multidrop communication.
07266B DCN6485
115
Operating Instructions
After connecting a USB cable between your PC and the instrument, ensure their baud
rates match (change the baud rate setting for either your PCs software or the instrument).
The baud rate setting is in the Communications Menu under COM2, which is the default
setup menu for USB configuration.
Also, while there are various communication modes available (Table 4-18), the default
settings are recommended for USB, except to change the baud rate if required..
CAUTION
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be felt by the
human nervous system. Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 13 for more information on preventing ESD damage..
In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins on the
serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown in Figure 4-9. This
shunt must be removed from all instruments except that designated as last in the
multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This requires powering off and opening
each instrument and making the following adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear
panel open for access to the Multidrop/LVDS PCA, which is seated on the
CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCAs JP2 connector, remove the shunt that
jumpers Pins 21 22 as indicated in Figure 4-9. (Do this for all but the
last instrument in the chain where the shunt should remain at Pins 21
22).
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments
(again refer to Figure 4-9):
J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPUs COM1 connector
116
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
07266B DCN6485
117
Operating Instructions
Female DB9
Host
Male DB9
RS-232 port
Analyzer
Analyzer
Analyzer
Last Analyzer
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21 22
in last instrument
of multidrop chain.
118
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
Actions
Set Com Mode parameters
Comm Ethernet:
Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP MORE COMM INET; scroll
through the INET submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard setting is
502), then continue to TCP PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press EDIT and toggle the
menu button to change the setting to ON, then press ENTR. (Change Machine
ID if needed: see Slave ID).
USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP MORE COMM COM2 EDIT;
scroll through the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows COM2 MODBUS
RTU: OFF (press OFF to change the setting to ON. Scroll NEXT to COM2
MODBUS ASCII and ensure it is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new
settings. (If RTU is not available with your communications equipment, set the
COM2 MODBUS ASCII setting to ON and ensure that COM2 MODBUS RTU is set
to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings).
Slave ID
If your analyzer is connected to a network with at least one other analyzer of the same
model, a unique Slave ID must be assigned to each. Using the front panel menu, go to
SETUP MORE COMM ID. The MACHINE ID default is the same as the model number.
Toggle the menu buttons to change the ID.
Reboot analyzer
For the settings to take effect, power down the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power up the
analyzer.
07266B DCN6485
via its Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC;
if so, also install the sofware driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot the
computer if required), or
via its COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).
Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see example
that follows If desired, assign an alias for each.
119
Operating Instructions
120
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
ID
DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (DAS reports, and
warning messages) to the remote device and is typically used when the port
is communicating with a computer program such as APICOM. Such feedback
is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.
COMPUTER
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the
port is communicating with a computer program, such as APICOM.
SECURITY
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond.
The only command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
QUIET
HESSEN
PROTOCOL
16
E, 7, 1
2048
RS-485
1024
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has
precedence over Multidrop mode if both are enabled.
MULTIDROP
PROTOCOL
32
ENABLE
MODEM
64
ERROR
CHECKING2
128
XON/XOFF
HANDSHAKE2
256
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE
FIFO2
512
COMMAND
PROMPT
4096
The default sting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API Technical Support
personnel.
07266B DCN6485
121
Operating Instructions
Press the following buttons to select a communication mode for a one of the COMM
Ports, such as the following example where HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is enabled:
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
ID
ALRM
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the
previous
menu
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM2
COM1
SETUP X.X
SET>
EXIT
EXIT
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EDIT
SETUP X.X
NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
Use PREV and NEXT
keys to move between
available modes.
A mode is enabled by
toggling the ON/OFF
key.
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
OFF
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing the NEXT and PREV keys to select any other
modes you which to enable or disable
122
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
Rear panel USB is
assigned COM2 in the
Communications Menu.
ID
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
INET COM1
SETUP X.X
Press SET> until you
reach COM1 BAUD
RATE
SET>
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the
previous
menu
EXIT
COM2
COM2 MODE:0
EDIT
EXIT
EXAMPLE
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
NEXT ON
07266B DCN6485
EXIT
EDIT
EXIT
ignores
the new
setting
EXIT
ENTR
accepts
the new
setting
EXIT
123
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ID
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
INET COM1
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SET>
SETUP X.X
EXIT
<SET SET>
COM2
EXIT
Select which
COM port to
test.
COM1 MODE:0
EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
Test runs
automatically
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
TRANSMITTING TO COM1
TEST
EXIT returns to
COMM menu
EXIT
124
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
the DAS (Section 4.8). The APICOM manual, which is included with the program,
contains a more detailed description of the DAS structure and configuration, which is
briefly described in this section.
The T101 is configured with a basic DAS configuration, which is enabled by default.
New data channels are also enabled by default but each channel may be turned off for
later or occasional use. Note that DAS operation is suspended while its configuration is
edited through the front panel. To prevent such data loss, it is recommended to use the
APICOM graphical user interface for DAS changes.
The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel, which indicates the analyzer
status, also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status:
Table 4-20. Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS
LED
STATE
DAS STATUS
Off
Blinking
On
Sampling normally.
The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data channels.
07266B DCN6485
125
Operating Instructions
PROPERTY
NAME
TRIGGERING
EVENT
NUMBER AND
LIST OF
PARAMETERS
REPORT
PERIOD
NUMBER OF
RECORDS
RS-232
REPORT
CHANNEL
ENABLED
CAL HOLD OFF
DEFAULT
SETTING RANGE
DESCRIPTION
NONE
ATIMER
1PMTDET
000:01:00
100
Any available
concentration,
temperature, pneumatic
or diagnostic parameter.
000:00:01 to
366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
Configuration-dependent,
limited by available
storage space.
OFF
OFF or ON
ON
OFF or ON
OFF
OFF or ON
126
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
EFFECT
PARAMETER
SAMPLE MODE
PRECISION
STORE NUM.
SAMPLES
07266B DCN6485
127
Operating Instructions
128
07266B DCN6485
LIST OF CHANNELS
NAME: CONC
EVENT: ATIMER
REPORT PERIOD: 000:00:05
NO. OF RECORDS: 4032
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: ON
NAME: PNUMTC
EVENT: ATIMER
REPORT PERIOD: 001:00:00
NO. OF RECORDS: 360
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
Operating Instructions
LIST OF PARAMETERS
PARAMETER: S2CONC1
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: S2CONC1
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: SMPLFLW
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: SMPLPRS
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: S2SLP1
MODE: INST
PRECISION:3
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: CALDAT
EVENT: SLPCHG
NO. OF RECORDS:200
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
PARAMETER: S2OFS1
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: S2ZSC1
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
These default Data Channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized from the
front panel to fit a specific application. They can also be deleted to make room for custom
user-programmed Data Channels.
Appendix A-5 lists the firmware-specific DAS configuration in plain-text format. This
text file can either be loaded into APICOM and then modified and uploaded to the
instrument or can be copied and pasted into a terminal program to be sent to the analyzer.
NOTE
Sending an DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will replace the
existing configuration and will delete all stored data. Back up any existing data and the
DAS configuration before uploading new settings.
07266B DCN6485
129
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
EXIT will return to the
main SAMPLE Display.
SETUP
BUTTON
FUNCTION
<PRM
PRM>
NX10
NEXT
PREV
PV10
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
EXIT
NEXT VIEW
SETUP X.X
PV10 PREV
SETUP X.X
PREV
NEXT
00:00:00
EXIT
VIEW
00:00:00 SMPFLW=000.0 cc / m
<PRM
PREV
PRM>
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PV10 PREV
130
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
PRM>
00:00:00
S2SLP1=0.000
<PRM
PRM>
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
EXIT will return to the
previous SAMPLE
display.
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
0) CONC:
PREV NEXT
INS
ATIMER,
DEL EDIT
2,
4032, R
PRNT
EXIT
Exports the
configuration of all
data channels to
RS-232 interface.
Deletes The Data
Channel currently
being displayed
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
EXIT
When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the
configuration parameters. For example, the display line:
0) CONC: ATIMER, 4, 800
07266B DCN6485
131
Operating Instructions
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
C
NAME:CONC
EXIT
NAME:CONC
N
ENTR
EXIT
132
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
0) CONC:
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
INS
PRNT
4032,R
EXIT
EXIT
EVENT:ATIMER
SETUP X.X
DEL EDIT
2,
NAME:CONC
SETUP X.X
ATIMER,
EXIT
EVENT:ATIMER
<PREV NEXT>
ENTR
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
133
Operating Instructions
SETUP X.X
<SET
0) CONC:
INS
ATIMER,
DEL EDIT
2,
4032, R
PRNT
EXIT
NAME:CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
YES
PARAMETERS : 2
PRINT
EXIT
NO
NO returns to
the previous
menu and
retains all data.
134
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
0) PARAM=S2SCN1, MODE=AVG
INS
DEL EDIT
EXIT
Use to configure
the functions for
this Parameter.
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
0) PARAM=S2SCN1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
INS
DEL EDIT
EXIT
PARAMETERS:S2SCN1
EXIT
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
PARAMETERS: S2SCN1
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
SAMPLE MODE:AVG
EXIT
EDIT
SETUP X.X
INST
AVG
EXIT
MAX
EXIT
EDIT
<SET Returns to
previous
Functions
EXIT
EDIT
ENTR
EXIT
Turn ON or OFF
07266B DCN6485
135
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE PERIOD is only used when the DAS parameters sample mode is set for
AVG, MIN or MAX.
REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile memory are
processed, (e.g. average, minimum or maximum are calculated) and the results stored
permanently in the instruments Disk-on-module as well as transmitted via the analyzers
communication ports. The REPORT PERIOD may be set from the front panel.
If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports an instantaneous
reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen REPORT PERIOD
In AVG, MIN or MAX sample modes, the settings for the SAMPLE PERIOD and the
REPORT PERIOD determine the number of data points used each time the average,
minimum or maximum is calculated, stored and reported to the COMM ports. The actual
sample readings are not stored past the end of the of the chosen REPORT PERIOD.
Also, the SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to the
beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock.
If SAMPLE PERIOD were set for one minute the first reading would occur
at the beginning of the next full minute according to the instruments
internal clock.
If the REPORT PERIOD were set for of one hour the first report activity
would occur at the beginning of the next full hour according to the
instruments internal clock.
EXAMPLE: Given the above settings, if DAS were activated at 7:57:35 the first sample
would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at 8:00 consisting of data
points for 7:58. 7:59 and 8:00.
During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00) the instrument will take a sample reading every
minute and include 60 sample readings.
When the STORE NUM. SAMPLES feature is turned on the instrument will also store
how many sample readings were used for the AVG, MIN or MAX calculation but not the
readings themselves.
REPORT PERIODS IN PROGRESS WHEN INSTRUMENT IS POWERED OFF
If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the samples
accumulated so far during that period are lost. Once the instrument is turned back on, the
DAS restarts taking samples and temporarily them in volatile memory as part of the
REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart. At the end of this REPORT
PERIOD only the sample readings taken since the instrument was turned back on will be
included in any AVG, MIN or MAX calculation. Also, the STORE NUM. SAMPLES
feature will report the number of sample readings taken since the instrument was
restarted.
136
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
To define the REPORT PERIOD, follow the instruction shown in Section 4.11.2.2 then
press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
0) CONC:
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
ATIMER,
DEL EDIT
2,
4032, R
PRNT
EXIT
NAME:CONC
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
0
REPORT PERIOD:000:00:05
EXIT
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
0
ENTR
EXIT
REPORT PERIODD:TIME:01:01
0
ENTR
EXIT
If at any time an illegal entry is selected (e.g., days > 366) the
ENTR button will disappear from the display.
07266B DCN6485
137
Operating Instructions
0) CONC:
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
ATIMER,
DEL EDIT
2,
900
PRNT
EXIT
NAME:CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
YES will delete all data
in this channel.
138
YES
EXIT
NO returns to the
previous menu.
NO
SETUP X.X
0
NUMBER OF RECORDS:000
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
0
ENTR
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
SETUP X.X
0) CONC:
INS
ATIMER,
DEL EDIT
2,
4032, R
PRNT
EXIT
NAME:CONC
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
Toggle to turn
reporting ON or OFF
OFF
EXIT
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
139
Operating Instructions
SETUP X.X
<SET
0) CONC:
INS
ATIMER,
DEL EDIT
2,
PRNT
4032, R
EXIT
NAME:CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
Toggle to turn
channel ON or OFF
140
SETUP X.X
OFF
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
EXIT
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Operating Instructions
0) CONC:
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
ATIMER,
2,
DEL EDIT
4032, R
PRNT
EXIT
NAME:CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
07266B DCN6485
SETUP X.X
ON
EXIT
141
Operating Instructions
Once an DAS configuration is edited (which can be done offline and without interrupting
DAS data collection), it is conveniently uploaded to the instrument and can be stored on a
computer for later review, alteration or documentation and archival. Refer to the
APICOM manual for details on these procedures. The APICOM user manual is included
in the APICOM installation file, which can be downloaded at http://www.teledyneapi.com/software/apicom/.
All data, parameters and channels will be replaced when uploading a DAS configuration
script to the analyzer through its communication ports. Back up data and the original
DAS configuration before attempting any DAS changes.
142
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
5. REMOTE OPERATION
5.1.1. REMOTE OPERATION USING THE EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
5.1.1.1. Status Outputs
The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors, which
sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used interface with devices that
accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers (PLCs). Each
Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC. All of the emitters
of these transistors are tied together and available at D.
NOTE
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will draw from
an external device. When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature, an
external dropping resistor must be used to limit the current through the transistor
output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA, the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from
its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are accessed through a 12 pin connector on the analyzers rear panel
labeled STATUS (see Figure 5-1). The function of each pin is defined in Table 51.
07266B DCN6485
143
Remote Operation
STATUS
Ground of Monitoring
Connect to Internal
7
LOW SPAN
6
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5
SPAN CAL
4
ZERO CAL
3
HIGH RANGE
2
CONC VALID
SYSTEM OK
144
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
STATUS
System Ok
Conc Valid
High Range
Zero Cal
Span Cal
Diag Mode
Low Range
CONDITION (ON=CONDUCTING)
Unused
Emitter Bus
Dc Power
Digital Ground
STATUS
External Low
Span Cal
Unused
Unused
Unused
Digital Ground
DC Power For
Input Pull Ups
Internal +5v
Supply
07266B DCN6485
145
Remote Operation
There are two methods to activate control inputs. The internal +5V available from the +
pin is the most convenient method (Figure 4.18). However, to ensure that these inputs are
truly isolated, a separate, external 5 VDC power supply should be used (Figure 4.19).
CONTROL IN
SPAN
B
LOW SPAN
ZERO
SPAN
B
LOW SPAN
ZERO
5 VDC Power
Supply
146
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
Function
Control-T
Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF,
the interface can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C
CR
(carriage return)
A carriage return is required after each command line is typed into the
terminal/computer. The command will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed
until this is done. On personal computers, this is achieved by pressing the ENTER
key.
BS
(backspace)
ESC
(escape)
? [ID] CR
This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the
definitions of their functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer
being used. The ID number of the analyzer is only necessary if multiple analyzers
are on the same communications line, such as the multi-drop setup.
Control-C
Control-P
07266B DCN6485
147
Remote Operation
Where
X
[ID]
COMMAND
COMMAND TYPE
Calibration
Diagnostic
Logon
Test measurement
Variable
Warning
148
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers.
They consist of the two characters 0x, followed by one or more
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented
by other data types, such as data channel names, which may contain
letters and numbers. They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or
more printable characters, including spaces, letters, numbers, and
symbols, and a final quotation mark. For example, a, 1, 123abc, and
()[]<> are all valid text strings. It is not possible to include a quotation
mark character within a text string.
07266B DCN6485
149
Remote Operation
Where
X
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was
issued. It consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1
to 366, the hour of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and
the minute (MM) as a number from 00 to 59.
[ID]
MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, DAS reports, variable values, etc.
<CRLF>
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse
them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any
information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to log such messages for
trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.
This string can be altered to match your modems initialization and can be up to 100
characters long.
150
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SET>
SAMPLE
8
COM1 MODE:0
EDIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
SETUP X.X
ID
COM1
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM2
[A]
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
EXIT
EDIT
SETUP X.X
Select which
COM Port is
tested
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the
previous
menu
EXIT
INS inserts a
character before
the cursor location.
DEL deletes a
character at the
cursor location.
Press [?]
repeatedly to cycle through the
available character set:
0-9
A-Z
space ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ =
+[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
151
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SET>
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET>
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
ALRM
SETUP X.X
ID INET COM1
EDIT
<SET SET>
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT returns to the
Communications Menu.
152
EXIT
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Select which
COM Port is
tested
EDIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT returns
to the
previous
menu
COM1 MODE:0
INITIALIZING MODEM
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can
also be achieved with the LOGOFF command.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help
screen.
To log on to the Model T101 analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable
RS232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN
Establish a link from a remote location to the T101 through direct cable
connection via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
View the instruments front panel and remotely access all functions that
could be accessed when standing in front of the instrument.
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data
analysis.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and troubleshooting. Figure 4-16 shows an example of APICOM being used to remotely
configuration the instruments DAS feature. Figure 4-20 shows examples of APICOMs main
interface, which emulates the look and functionality of the instruments actual front panel
07266B DCN6485
153
Remote Operation
APICOM is included free of cost with the analyzer and the latest versions can also be
downloaded for free at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
Document Title
Part Number
Available Online*
APICOM
039450000
YES
DAS Manual
028370000
YES
154
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
Standard
Hessen
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity
None
Even
Duplex
Full
Half
To change the rest of the COMM port parameters and modes. see Section 4.10.8.
To change the baud rate of the T101s COMM ports, see Section 4.10.9.
NOTE
Make sure that the communication parameters of the host computer are also properly
set.
Also, the instrument software has a 200 ms. latency before it responds to commands
issued by the host computer. This latency should present no problems, but you should be
aware of it and not issue commands to the instrument too frequently.
07266B DCN6485
155
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
NEXT OFF
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
156
SETUP X.X
SET>
SETUP X.X
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1
EXIT
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
modes is displayed
here
ALRM
COM2
COM1 MODE:0
EDIT
OFF
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
PREV NEXT ON
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
OFF
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggle OFF/ON to
change
activate/deactivate
selected mode.
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SAMPLE
8
ENTR EXIT
ID HESN COM1
EXIT
SETUP X.
SETUP X.X
COM2
EXIT
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ALRM
EXIT
Press to change
protocol type.
TYPE1 TYPE 2
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
OFF
ENTR EXIT
NOTE
While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for COM1 and COM2, The
TYPE selection affects both Ports.
MODE DESCRIPTION
CMD
This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional
command format. Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating
command.
BCC
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the
response, <ETX> (at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code
(checksum), regardless of the command encoding.
TEXT
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end
of the string, regardless of the command encoding.
07266B DCN6485
157
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP X.X
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
ID
EXIT
ALRM
HESN
SETUP X.X
SET>
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Press to
change
response
mode.
COM1
COM2
EXIT
EDIT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
settings
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
EDIT
SETUP X.X
BCC TEXT
158
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
BUTTON
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
ID
HESN
EXIT
INS
DEL
D elete s th e >>>>>.
ENTR
EXIT
ALRM
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EDIT
SET>
SETUP X.X
NEXT>
SETUP X.X
FUNCTION
<PREV
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
EDIT
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
EDIT
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Press PREV & NEXT to cycle existing
entries in Hessen gas list
<PREV NEXT>
SETUP X.X
Press PREV & NEXT kto cycle
between the SO2 & H2S
EXIT
INS
DEL
PRNT EXIT
<PREV NEXT>
SETUP X.X
EDIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the
new settings
ENTR EXIT
REPORTED : ON
ENTR EXIT
07266B DCN6485
159
Remote Operation
DEFAULT BIT
ASSIGNMENT
WARNING FLAGS
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
0001
0002
UV LAMP WARNING
0002
HVPS WARNING
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
1000
OPERATIONAL FLAGS
Instrument Off
0100
0200
0400
0800
0000
MGM
2000
PPB
4000
PPM
6000
SPARE/UNUSED BITS
0080, 8000
UNASSIGNED FLAGS
Box Temp Warning
System Reset
Invalid Conc
NOTES
It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit. This allows the
grouping of similar flags, such as all temperature warnings, under the same status bit.
Be careful not to assign conflicting flags to the same bit as each status bit will be
triggered if any of the assigned flags is active.
160
07266B DCN6485
Remote Operation
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
8
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
ID
EXIT
ALRM
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
HESN
COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.
<SET SET>
EDIT
SETUP X.
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EDIT
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.
<CH
CH>
PRNT EXIT
Press [?] repeatedly to cycle through the available character set: 0-9
(Some alpha characters may also be available but are meaningless).
07266B DCN6485
161
Remote Operation
162
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
6. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This Section describes the calibration procedures for the T101. All of the methods
described in this section can be initiated and controlled through the COM ports.
NOTE
If you are using the T101 for US-EPA controlled monitoring of SO2, see Section 8 for
information on the EPA calibration protocol.
07266B DCN6485
Zero-air source
163
Calibration Procedures
164
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
TYPE
NOMINAL
CONCENTRATION
2730
2731
Hydrogen sulfide in N2
Hydrogen sulfide in N2
5000 ppb
20 ppm
1693a
1694a
1661a
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
50 ppm
100 ppm
500 ppm
07266B DCN6485
165
Calibration Procedures
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown below.
No V alv e Options In stalled
Calib rated
H2S GAS
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
(At high
concentration)
MODEL 70 1
Zero Air
Gen erator
Rem oved
du ring
C alibra tio n
Sam ple
Exhau st
Chassis
Span
Zero Air
OR
Calib rated
H2S GAS
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
Rem oved
du ring
ca libration
Needle valve to
control flow
MO DEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Val ve
Sam ple
Exhau st
VENT
Span
Chassis
Zero Air
Figure 6-1. Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S Valve or IZS Option
166
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
STEP TWO: Set the expected H2S span gas concentrations. In this example the
instrument is set for single (SNGL) range mode with a reporting range span of 500 ppb.
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
07266B DCN6485
SETUP
SAMPLE
ZERO
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
CONC
M-P CAL
.0
ENTR EXIT
167
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until H2S STB
falls below 0.5 ppb.
M-P CAL
M-P CAL
M-P CAL
CONC
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
ACTION:
Allow span gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
The value of
H2S STB may jump
significantly.
Wait until it falls back
below 0.5 ppb.
M-P CAL
The SPAN button now
appears during the
transition from zero to span.
SPAN
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
M-P CAL
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
NOTE
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed during zero or span calibration, the
measured concentration value is too different from the expected value and the analyzer
does not allow zeroing or spanning the instrument.
Consult Section 9.3 for more information on calibration problems.
168
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE
Scroll the display to the
H2S STB test function.
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
Wait until H2S
STB is below
0.5 ppb. This
may take
several minutes.
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
ACTION:
Record the H2S
concentration
reading.
SETUP
ACTION:
Supply span gas to the instrument
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
ACTION:
Record theH2S
concentration
reading.
07266B DCN6485
169
Calibration Procedures
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
Sample
Exhaust
Chassis
Span
Calibrated
H2 S gas
(At h igh
co nce ntrat ion )
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
External Zero
Air Scrubber
Zero Air
Filter
Figure 6-2. Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed
170
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
H2S =XXX.X
07266B DCN6485
SETUP
M-P CAL
ZERO
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
CONC
M-P CAL
.0
ENTR EXIT
171
Calibration Procedures
Step Three: Perform the calibration or calibration check according to the following flow
chart:
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
ZERO CAL M
ZERO CAL M
CONC
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
ZERO CAL M
ZERO CAL M
CONC
H2S =X.XXX
EXIT
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
SPAN CAL M
CONC
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
SPAN CAL M
172
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE
< TST TST >
Use for formal
calibration
operations.
07266B DCN6485
CALZ
CALS
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
Use only for
informal calibration
checks.
173
Calibration Procedures
174
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown below.
Zero/Span Valves Option 50
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution Calibrator
Sample
Exhaust
Chassis
Span
Calibrated
H2 S gas
(At hi gh
con cen tration)
External Zero
Air Scrubber
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Zero Air
Filter
Sample
Exhaust
Chassis
Span
Ambient
Air
Zero Air
Figure 6-3. Setup for Manual Calibration Check with Z/S Valve or IZS Option
07266B DCN6485
175
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE
Wait until H2S
STB falls below
0.5 ppb. This may
take several
minutes.
ZERO CAL M
SAMPLE
The value of H2S
STB may jump
significantly. Wait
until H2S STB falls
below 0.5 ppb. This
may take several
minutes.
CONC
SPAN CAL M
176
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
ACTION:
Record the
H2S readings
presented in the
upper right corner of
the display.
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
ACTION:
Record the
H2S readings
presented in the
upper right corner of
the display.
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
LOW HIGH
ENTR
SAMPLE
SETUP
LOW HIGH
Analyzer enters
ZERO CAL Mode
SETUP
ENTR
ZERO CAL M
SETUP
CONC
EXIT
Once this selection is made, the calibration procedure continues as previously described
in Sections 6.2 through 6.6. The other range may be calibrated by starting over from the
main SAMPLE display.
07266B DCN6485
177
Calibration Procedures
If contact closures are used in conjunction with the analyzers AutoCal (Section 6.9)
feature and the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is enabled, the T101 will not re-calibrate
the analyzer until the contact is opened. At this point, the new calibration values will be
recorded before the instrument returns to SAMPLE mode.
If the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is disabled, the instrument will return to SAMPLE
mode, leaving the instruments internal calibration variables unchanged.
(A t hi gh
concentrati on )
S ource of
S AMP LE Gas
Remove d
durin g
Ca libration
Calib rated
S O2 GAS
(At high
concentration)
S ample
Exh aust
Chassis
S pan
MOD EL 701
Zero Air
Generat or
Zer o Air
Figure 6-4. Typical Setup for Manual Calibratio in Multigas Measurement Mode
178
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
The analyzer will ask to have the GAS TYPE specified at the beginning of the process as
follows:
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
SO2
SETUP
H2S
SAMPLE
ENTR
SETUP
ENTR
SETUP
LOW HIGH
ZERO CAL M
CONC
H2S =XXX.X
EXIT
Once this selection is made, the calibration procedure continues as previously described.
The other gas may be calibrated by starting over from the main SAMPLE display.
ACTION
Disables the sequence
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check
Causes the sequence to perform a zero and span concentration calibration or
check
Causes the sequence to perform a span concentration calibration or check
Each mode has seven parameters that control operational details of the sequence
(Table 6-3).
07266B DCN6485
179
Calibration Procedures
ACTION
Timer Enabled
Starting Date
Starting Time
Delta Days
Delta Time
Duration
Calibrate
NOTE
The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes later than the real
time clock (See Section 4.4.6 for setting real time clock).
NOTE
Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day. Any new sequence
which is initiated whether from a timer, the COM ports, or the contact closure inputs will
override any sequence which is in progress.
NOTE
If at any time an illegal entry is selected (Example: Delta Days > 367) the ENTR button
will disappear from the display.
180
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
The following example sets Sequence2 to carry out a zero-span calibration every other
day starting at 01:00 on September 4, 2002, lasting 15 minutes. This sequence will start
0.5 hours later each day.
Table 6-4. Example Auto-Cal Sequence
MODE AND
ATTRIBUTE
VALUE
SEQUENCE
MODE
ZERO-SPAN
TIMER ENABLE
ON
STARTING DATE
Sept. 4, 2002
STARTING TIME
01:00
DELTA DAYS
DELTA TIME
00:30
DURATION
15.0
CALIBRATE
ON
07266B DCN6485
COMMENT
Define Sequence #2
Select Zero and Span Mode
Enable the timer
Start after Sept 4, 2002
First Span starts at 01:00
Do Sequence #2 every other day
Do Sequence #2 0.5 h later each day
Operate Span valve for 15 min
The instrument will re-set the slope and offset values for the H2S
channel at the end of the AutoCal sequence
181
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP X.X
STARTING TIME:14:15
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
DELTA DAYS: 1
EXIT
SETUP X.X
0
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DELTA DAYS: 1
ENTR EXIT
SEQ 1) DISABLED
NEXT MODE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DELTA DAYS:2
EXIT
SEQ 2) DISABLED
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DELTA TIME00:00
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIMER ENABLE: ON
SET> EDIT
Format :
DD-MON-YY
DURATION:30.0 MINUTES
CALIBRATE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
ON
Toggle to set
time:
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Toggle
button
between
Off and
ON
CALIBRATE: ON
Format : HH:MM
This is a 24 hr
EXIT
CALIBRATE: OFF
SETUP X.X
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
.0
Toggle to
set
duration for
each
iteration of
the
sequence:
Set in
Decimal
minutes
from
0.1 60.0
EXIT
DURATION 15.0MINUTES
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DURATION:15.0 MINUTES
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Toggle to set
day, month &
year:
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
DELTA TIEM:00:30
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to set
delay time for
each iteration
of the
sequence:
HH:MM
(0 24:00)
MODE: ZEROSPAN
SETUP X.X
Default
value is
ON
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
MODE: ZERO
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
MODE: DISABLED
NEXT
SETUP X.X
Toggle to
set
number of
days
between
procedures
(1-367)
EXIT
SETUP X.X
STARTING TIME:00:00
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu
With dynamic calibration turned on, the state of the internal setup variables dyn_Span and
DYN_ZERO is set to ON and the instrument will reset the slope and offset values for the
H2S response each time the AutoCal program runs. This continuous re-adjustment of
calibration parameters can often mask subtle fault conditions in the analyzer.
182
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
SETUP X.X
CALIBR ATE: ON
SETUP X.X
<SET
HIGH
SETUP X.X
LOW
EXIT
EDIT
SETUP X.X
LOW
EXIT
<SET
SETUP X.X
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
07266B DCN6485
EXIT
HIGH
SETUP X.X
ENTR
EXIT
MODE
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu
Delta Time
Delta Days
183
Calibration Procedures
If the instrument is in multigas measurement mode and the SNGL reporting range mode
is selected, the AutoCal sequence is programmed as described above. If the reporting
range of the T101 must is set for either IND or AUTO. the gas type and range to be
measured must be specified. This parameter appears at the end of the programming
sequences after the CALIBRATE: ON/OFF parameter is set. For example:
Follow standard AutoCal programming process to this
point, then
SETUP X.X
CALIBRATE: ON
EXIT
SETUP X.X
LOW
SETUP X.X
<SET
HIGH
EXIT
EDIT
SETUP X.X
LOW
H2S
SETUP X.X
ENTR
EXIT
HIGH
HIGH
ENTR
EXIT
SETUP X.X
GAS-RANGE: SO2-LOW
EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
184
EXIT
<SET
LOW
ENTR
GAS-RANGE: H2S-HIGH
SETUP X.X
SO2
EXIT
MODE
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu
Delta Time
Delta Days
07266B DCN6485
Calibration Procedures
H2S SLOPE
H2S OFFS
MINIMUM VALUE
OPTIMUM VALUE
MAXIMUM VALUE
-0.700
1.000
1.300
-50.0 mV
<100
250.0 mV
These values should not be significantly different from the values recorded on the Teledyne API Final Test
and Validation Data sheet that was shipped with your instrument. If they are, refer to the troubleshooting
Section 9.
1
Shown as they appear when analyzer is in H2S mode. In SO2 mode they appear as SO2 OFFS & SO2
SLOPE. In multigas mode, both versions are listed and should be checked
07266B DCN6485
185
Calibration Procedures
186
07266B DCN6485
07266B DCN6485
187
Recorder
ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
188
FREQUENCY AND
METHOD OF
MEASUREMENT
ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS
ARE NOT MET
Return equipment to
supplier
Return equipment to
supplier
Calibration Equipment
Meets guidelines of
reference 1 and Section
2.3.2 (Q.A. Handbook)
Traceable to NIST-SRM
meets limits in traceability
protocol for accuracy and
stability (Section 2.0.7,
Q.A. Handbook)
Analyzed against
NIST-SRM; see
protocol in Section
2.0.7, Q.A.
Handbook
Zero Air
Record Form
N/A
Revise forms as
appropriate
Audit Equipment
07266B DCN6485
ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
Calibration
Gases
NIST traceable
Dilution Gas
Use calibration
procedure in Section
2.2 (Q.A. Handbook);
also Federal Register
Multi-Point
Calibration
07266B DCN6485
189
Following any of the activities listed above, the zero and span should be checked to
determine if a calibration is necessary. If the analyzer zero and span drifts exceed locally
established calibration units or the calibration limits in Section 2.0.9, Subsection 9.1.3
(Q.A. Handbook), a calibration should be performed.
190
Will the forms be filed in such a manner that they can easily
be retrieved when needed?
07266B DCN6485
Shelter
Temperature
Sample
Introduction
System
Recorder
ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
FREQUENCY AND
METHOD OF
MEASUREMENT
Check thermograph
chart weekly for
variations greater
than 2oC (4oF)
Weekly visual
inspection
Weekly visual
inspection
Correct time
Analyzer
Operational
Settings
Analyzer
Operational
Check
Precision Check
07266B DCN6485
191
Table 7-4. Definition of Level 1 and Level 2 Zero and Span Checks
(from Section 2.0.9 of Q.A. Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems)
LEVEL 1 ZERO AND SPAN CALIBRATION
192
07266B DCN6485
Provide data to allow analyzer adjustment for zero and span drift;
Items 1 and 2 are described in detail in Subsection 9.1.3 of Section 2.0.9 (Q.A.
Handbook). Item 3 is described in Subsection 9.1.4 of the same section.
Refer to the Troubleshooting Section 10 of this manual if the instrument is not within the
allowed variations.
07266B DCN6485
193
Single range selection. See Section 4.7.4 of this manual. If the instrument
will be used more than one range, it should be calibrated separately on
each applicable range.
Alternate units, make sure ppb units are selected for EPA monitoring. See
Section 4.7.7.
The analyzer should be calibrated on the same range for monitoring. If the AUTO range
mode is selected, the highest of the ranges will result in the most accurate calibration, and
should be used.
Input sources of zero air and calibrated SO2 span gas (see Table 6-1).
Follow the procedures described in Section 6.2 for analyzers with no valve
options or with an IZS valve option (Do not use the method defined in
Section 6.7).
Follow the procedures described in Section 6.5 for analyzers with Z/S
options installed.
Record this value. Information from the check procedure is used to assess the precision of
the monitoring data; see 40 CFR 58 for procedures for calculating and reporting
precision.
194
07266B DCN6485
SAMPLE
SO2 =X.XXX
SETUP
SO2 =X.XXX
SETUP
ACTION:
Allow calibration gas diluted to proper concentration for
Midpoint N to enter the sample port
SAMPLE
Wait until
SO2 STB falls
below 0.5 ppb.
This may take
several minutes.
SPAN CAL M
SO2 =X.XXX
SETUP
SO2 X.XXX
EXIT
Press EXIT to
Return to the
Main SAMPLE
Display
ACTION:
Allow Calibration Gas diluted to
proper concentration for
Midpoint N+1 to enter the sample
port
07266B DCN6485
195
7.7. REFERENCES
1. Environmental Protection Agency, Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 50, Appendix A, Section 10.3.
2. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems Volume II, Ambient Air Specific Methods, EPA-600/4-77-027a, 1977.
3. Catalog of NBS Standard Reference Materials. NBS Special Publication
260, 1975-76 Edition. U.S. Department of Commerce, NBS. Washington,
D.C. June 1975. (Tel: 301-975-6776 for ordering the catalog)
4. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems Volume I, Principles. EPA-600/9-76-005. March 1976.
196
07266B DCN6485
8. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE
Predictive diagnostic functions including data acquisition, failure warnings and alarms
built into the analyzer allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary without
performing unnecessary, preventative maintenance procedures. There is, however, a
minimal number of simple procedures that, when performed regularly, will ensure that
the analyzer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its lifetime. Repair and
troubleshooting procedures are covered in Section 8 and Section 9 of this manual.
CAUTION
Risk of electrical shock. Disconnect power before performing any
operations that require entry into the interior of the analyzer.
NOTE
The operations outlined in this Section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
NOTE
The front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be opened to gain
access to various components mounted on the panel itself or located near the front of
the instrument (such as the particulate filter).
A locking screw located at the top center of the panel and two fasteners located in the
upper right and left corners of the panel serve to lock it shut.
07266B DCN6485
197
Instrument Maintenance
198
047400102
Rev
XC
07266B
DCN6485
Instrument Maintenance
ACTION
FREQUENCY
CAL
CHECK
MANUAL
SECTION
SO2 scrubber
Replace
As required
Yes
8.3.3
H2S SO2
Converter Catalyst
Replace
As required
Yes
8.3.5
Particulate filter
Change
particle filter
Weekly
No
8.3.1
Verify test
functions
Review and
evaluate
Weekly
No
Appendix C
Zero/span check
Evaluate
offset and
slope
Weekly
--
6.3, 6.6,
6.9
Zero/span
calibration
Zero and
span
calibration
Every 3 months
--
6.2, 6.4,
6.5, 6.7,
6.8
Exchange
chemical
Every 3 months
No
8.3.4
Check Flow
Every 6 Months
No
9.5.2
1
Critical flow
orifice & sintered
filters
Replace
Annually
Yes
8.3.7
Internal IZS
Permeation Tube
Replace
As required
YES
8.3.2
Perform
pneumatic leak
check
Verify Leak
Tight
Annually or after
repairs involving
pneumatics
Yes
9.5.1
Pump diaphragm
Replace
Yes
See
instruction
in
diaphragm
kit
PMT sensor
hardware
calibration
Low-level
hardware
calibration
On PMT/ preamp
changes if
0.7 < SLOPE or
SLOPE >1.3
Yes
9.6.4
1
2
Perform flow
check
DATE PERFORMED
These Items are required to maintain full warranty; all other items are strongly recommended.
A pump rebuild kit is available from Teledyne API Technical Support including all instructions and required parts (see Appendix B for part numbers).
07266B DCN6485
199
Instrument Maintenance
200
07266B DCN6485
Instrument Maintenance
DAS
FUNCTION
CONDITION
H2S STB1
N/A
Zero Gas
BEHAVIOR
EXPECTED
ACTUAL
1 ppb with
zero air
Increasing
Fluctuating
PRES
SMPPRS
sample gas
Constant
within
atmospheric
changes
Slowly
increasing
Slowly
decreasing
DRK PMT
SO2
Concentration
SAMP FL
DRKPMT
CONC1
SMPFLW
PMT output
when UV
Lamp shutter
closed
Constant
within 20 of
check-out
value
Significantly
increasing
At span with
IZS option
installed
Constant
response
from day to
day
Decreasing
over time
Standard
configuration
at span
stable for
constant
concentration
Decreasing
over time
Standard
Operation
Stable
Slowly
Decreasing
Fluctuating
LAMP RATIO
LAMPR
Standard
Operation
Stable and
near 100%
Fluctuating
or Slowly
increasing
Slowly
decreasing
H2S OFFS1
OFSET1
During Zero
Cal
Stable
Slowly
increasing or
decreasing
H2S SLOPE1
SLOPE1
During Span
Cal
Stable
Slowly
increasing or
decreasing
INTERPRETATION
Pneumatic Leaks instrument &
sample system
Detector deteriorating
Developing leak in pneumatic system
Flow path is clogging up.
Developing leak in pneumatic system
to vacuum
- Check critical flow orifice &
sintered filter.
Replace particulate filter
PMT cooler failure
Shutter Failure
Change in instrument response
Degradation of IZS permeation tube
Drift of instrument response; UV
Lamp output is excessively low;
clean RCEL window
Flow path is clogging up.
- Check critical flow orifice &
sintered filter.
- Replace particulate filter
Leak in gas flow path.
UV detector wearing out
UV source Filter developing pin holes
UV detector wearing out
Opaque oxides building up on UV
source Filter
UV lamp aging
Bad PMT
Failed HVPS
Leak in sample gas flow
Contamination in zero gas source.
UV lamp aging
UV detector wearing out
Leak in Sample gas or calibration gas
flow path
Deterioration / contamination of
calibration gas source(s)
Shown as they appear when analyzer is in H2S mode. In SO2 mode appear as SO2 OFFS & SO2 SLOPE. In multigas
mode, both versions appear.
07266B DCN6485
201
Instrument Maintenance
07266B DCN6485
Instrument Maintenance
Let the analyzer operate for 30 minutes, then note the SO2
concentration.
07266B DCN6485
203
Instrument Maintenance
Operational hours
Operational hours
8000 hrs
3.
Locates the SO2 scrubber cartridge in the front of the analyzer, looks like
a big white cylinder (See Figure 3-9).
4.
Undo the two 1/8 inch fittings on the top of the scrubber
5.
Remove the two screws holding the scrubber to the instrument chassis
and remove the scrubber
6.
7.
8.
Fill each side of the scrubber with new SO2 scrubber material until it is
an inch from the bottom of the thread lines so about inches from the
top of the scrubber, do not fill it too high or the fitting will crush the
material.
9.
Remove the Teflon tape from both of the removed fittings, and re-tape
them with new Teflon tape.
204
07266B DCN6485
Instrument Maintenance
07266B DCN6485
205
Instrument Maintenance
206
499.1 ppb
490.3 ppb
07266B DCN6485
Instrument Maintenance
Turn off the analyzer power, remove the cover and allow the converter to
cool.
Remove the top lid of the converter as well as the top layers of the
insulation until the converter cartridge can be seen.
CAUTION
07266B DCN6485
Remove the converter assembly (cartridge and band heater) from the
can. Make a note of the orientation of the tubes relative to the heater
cartridge.
Unscrew the band heater and loosen it, take out the old converter
cartridge.
207
Instrument Maintenance
Converter
Assembly Housing
208
Wrap the band heater around the new replacement cartridge and tighten
the screws using a high-temperature anti-seize agent such as copper
paste. Make sure to use proper alignment of the heater with respect to
the converter tubes.
Replace the converter assembly, route the cables through the holes in
the housing and reconnect them properly. Reconnect the grounding
clamp around the heater leads for safe operation.
Re-attach the tube fittings to the converter and replace the insulation
and cover.
07266B DCN6485
Instrument Maintenance
07266B DCN6485
209
Instrument Maintenance
Spring
Sintered Filter
O-Ring
Critical Flow Orifice
O-Ring
Vacuum Manifold
You may need to use a scribe or pressure from the vacuum port to get the parts out
of the manifold.
6. Discard the two O-rings and the sintered filter.
7. Replace the critical flow orifice.
8. Let the part dry.
9. Re-assemble the parts as shown in Figure 8-4 using a new filter and orings.
10. Reinstall the NPT fitting and connect all tubing.
11. Power up the analyzer and allow it to warm up for 60 minutes.
8. Perform a leak check (refer to Section 9.5).
210
07266B DCN6485
CAUTION
The operations outlined in this Section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
CAUTION
Risk of electrical shock. Some operations need to be carried out with the
analyzer open and running. Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and
electrostatic or mechanical damage to the analyzer. Do not drop tools into
the analyzer or leave those after your procedures. Do not shorten or touch
electric connections with metallic tools while operating inside the
analyzer. Use common sense when operating inside a running analyzer.
NOTE
The front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be opened to gain
access to various components mounted on the panel itself or located near the front of
the instrument (such as the particulate filter).
A locking screw located at the top center of the panel and two fasteners located in the
upper right and left corners of the panel lock it shut (Figure 3-9).
07266B DCN6485
211
Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory
values. Note any major deviations from the factory values and take
corrective action.
Suspect a leak first! Technical Support data indicate that half of all
problems are eventually traced to leaks in the pneumatic system of the
analyzer, the source of zero air or span gases or the sample gas delivery
system. Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked
internal/external gas lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a
damaged pump diaphragm, etc.
Follow the procedures defined in Section 9.5 for confirming that the
analyzers basic components are working (power supplies, CPU, relay
board, keyboard, PMT cooler, etc.). See Figure 3-8 for general layout of
components and sub-assemblies in the analyzer. See the wiring
interconnect drawing and interconnect list, see Appendix D.
212
07266B DCN6485
(Fault LED lit, warning msg in Param field, CLR button active)
(Fault LED lit, Test menu active, MSG button replaces CLR button)
07266B DCN6485
213
TEST
SAMPLE
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
MSG
MSG
SETUP
MSG indicates that one or more
warning message are active but
hidden. Pressing MSG cycles
through warnings
In SAMPLE mode, all warning
messages are hidden, but MSG
button appears
CLR
SETUP
H2S = XXX.X
SYSTEM RESET
CLR
H2S = XXX.X
RANGE=500 PPB
SAMPLE
H2S = XXX.X
MSG
CLR
SETUP
FAULT CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ANALOG CAL
WARNING
A parameter for one of the analog outputs has been changed and the
calibration routine was not re-run
A/D circuitry failure on motherboard
Other motherboard electro9nic failure
BOX TEMP
WARNING
CANNOT DYN
SPAN
Dynamic Span
operation failed
CANNOT DYN
ZERO
Dynamic Zero
operation failed
CONFIG
INITIALIZED
Configuration and
Calibration data reset
to original Factory
state.
DARK CAL
WARNING
DATA
INITIALIZED
CONV TEMP
WARNING
HVPS WARNING
214
07266B DCN6485
FAULT CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IZS TEMP
WARNING
PMT DET
WARNING
PMT TEMP
WARNING
PMT temperature is
Sample chamber
temperature is
< 2C or > 12C
Failed PMT
Malfunctioning PMR preamp board
A/D converter circuitry failure
Bad PMT thermo-electric cooler
Failed PMT TEC driver circuit
Bad PMT preamp board
Failed PMT temperature sensor
Loose wiring between PMT temperature sensor and PMT Preamp board
Malfunction of analog sensor input circuitry on motherboard
Bad reaction cell heater
Bad reaction cell temperature sensor
Bad relay controlling the reaction cell heater
Entire relay board is malfunctioning
I2C buss malfunction
Possible Causes
RCELL TEMP
WARNING
Warning
Message
Sample chamber
temperature is
< 45C or > 55C
Fault Condition
REAR BOARD
NOT DET
Relay BOARD
WARN
SAMPLE FLOW
WARN
SAMPLE PRES
WARN
SYSTEM RESET
UV LAMP
WARNING
Normally 29.92 in-Hg at sea level decreasing at 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft of altitude
(with no flow pump disconnected).
07266B DCN6485
215
H2S STB
SAMPLE FL
PMT
NORM PMT
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP
(OPTION)
PRESS
H2S SLOPE1
H2S OFFS1
TIME OF DAY
216
BOX TEMP
CONV TEMP
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Unstable concentrations; leaks
Shown as they appear when analyzer is in H2S mode. In SO2 mode appear as SO2 STB,
SO2 OFFS & SO2 SLOPE. In multigas mode, both versions appear.
07266B DCN6485
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the
analyzers critical inputs and outputs.
All of the components and functions that are normally under instrument
control can be manually changed.
This allows the user to systematically observe the effect of these functions on the
operation of the analyzer.
Figure 9-2 shows an example of how to use the signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage
of an input signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal. The
specific parameter will vary depending on the situation. Please note that the analyzer
will freeze its concentration output while in the diagnostic signal I/O menu. This is
because manually changing I/O outputs can invalidate the instrument reading.
07266B DCN6485
217
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
PREV
NEXT
DIAG I/O
ENTR
If parameter is an
input signal
37) SAMPLE_PRESSURE=6000.0 MV
EXIT
0 ) EXT_ZERO_CAL=ON
DIAG I/O
EXIT
PRNT EXIT
PRNT EXIT
If parameter is an output
signal or control
DIAG I/O
23) ST H2S_MODE=ON
ON PRNT EXIT
Toggles parameter
ON/OFF
DIAG I/O
Exit returns to
DIAG display & all values
return to software control
218
07266B DCN6485
Motherboard
07266B DCN6485
219
COLOR
D1
red
Continuously
ON or OFF
D2
yellow
Continuously
ON or OFF
D3
yellow
D41
D5
yellow
yellow
D6
D72
yellow
green
D82
green
Relay 4 - Spare
Valve 0 - zero/span valve
status
Valve 1 - sample/cal valve
status
Continuously
ON or OFF
N/A
Continuously
ON or OFF
N/A
Continuously
ON or OFF
Continuously
ON or OFF
D9
green
D10
green
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
green
green
green
green
green
Green
Continuously
ON or OFF
Continuously
ON or OFF
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
2
FUNCTION
FAULT
STATUS
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Failed or halted CPU; faulty
motherboard, keyboard, relay board;
wiring between motherboard, keyboard
or relay board; +5 V power supply.
Heater broken, thermistor broken
Heater broken, thermocouple broken
N/A
Heater broken, thermistor broken
N/A
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
When troubleshooting flow problems, it is essential to confirm the actual flow rate
without relying on the analyzers flow display. The use of an independent, external flow
meter to perform a flow check as described in Section 9.5.2 is essential.
220
07266B DCN6485
Check pressure
To check the actual sample flow, disconnect the sample tube from the sample inlet on
the rear panel of the instrument. Make sure that the unit is in basic SAMPLE mode.
Place a finger over the inlet and see if it gets sucked in by the vacuum or, more properly,
use a flow meter to measure the actual flow. If there is proper flow of around 550-650
cm/min, contact Technical Support. If there is no flow or low flow, continue with the
next step.
Check that the sample pressure is at or around 26 in-Hg-A (about 1 below ambient
atmospheric pressure).
07266B DCN6485
221
9.3.2. NO RESPONSE
If the instrument shows no response (display value is near zero) even though sample gas
is supplied properly and the instrument seems to perform correctly,
Confirm response by supplying H2S span gas of about 80% of the range
value to the analyzer.
Carry out an optical test using the OPTIC TEST (OTEST) procedure in
the diagnostics menu, see Section 4.6.4. If this test results in a
concentration signal, then the PMT sensor and the electronic signal path
are operating properly. If the T101 passes both ETEST and OTEST, the
instrument is capable of detecting light and processing the signal to
produce a reading. Therefore, the problem must be in the pneumatics,
optics or the UV lamp/lamp driver.
Once the instrument passes a leak check, do a flow check (Section 9.5.2)
to make sure that the instrument is supplied with adequate sample gas.
Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be
replaced.
07266B DCN6485
Verify that the expected concentration is set properly to the actual span
gas concentration in the CONC sub-menu.
Confirm that the H2S span gas source is accurate. This can be done by
comparing the source with another calibrated analyzer, or by having the
H2S source verified by an independent traceable photometer.
Confirm that there is a good source of zero air. If the IZS option is
installed, compare the zero reading from the IZS zero air source to an
external zero air source using H2S and SO2 free air. Check the zero air
scrubber for performance. It may need to be replaced (Section 8.3.3).
Check to make sure that there is no ambient air leaking into the zero air
line. Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section
9.5.
07266B DCN6485
Leaks in the pneumatic system. Leaks can add a constant of ambient air,
zero air or span gas to the current sample gas stream, which may be
changing in concentrations as the linearity test is performed. Check for
leaks as described in Section 9.5.
The sample delivery system may be contaminated. Check for dirt in the
sample lines or sample chamber.
223
Sample inlet may be contaminated with H2S exhaust from this or other
analyzers. Verify proper venting of the pump exhaust.
If the instrument is equipped with an intern IZS valve option and the H2S
span value is continuously trending downward, the IZS permeation tube
may require replacement
224
Sample vent line is located too far from the instrument sample inlet and
causes long mixing and purge times. Locate sample inlet (overflow) vent
as close as possible to the analyzers sample inlet port.
07266B DCN6485
Insufficient time allowed for H2S calibration gas source to become stable.
Check the internal cable connection between the Ethernet card and the
CPU board.
07266B DCN6485
225
4. If the instrument has the zero and span valve option, the normally closed
ports on each valve should also be separately checked. Connect the leak
checker to the normally closed ports and check with soap bubble
solution.
5. If the analyzer is equipped with an IZS Option, connect the leak checker
to the Dry Air inlet and check with soap bubble solution.
6. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate of the
indicated pressure should be less than 1 in-Hg-A (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes
after the pressure is turned off.
7. Clean soap solution from all surfaces, re-connect the sample and exhaust
lines, and replace the instrument cover. Restart the analyzer.
Sample flow checks are useful for monitoring the actual flow of the instrument, to
monitor drift of the internal flow measurement. A decreasing, actual sample flow may
point to slowly clogging pneumatic paths, most likely critical flow orifices or sintered
filters. To perform a sample flow check:
1. Disconnect the sample inlet tubing from the rear panel SAMPLE port
shown in Figure 3-2.
2. Attach the outlet port of a flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear
panel. Ensure that the inlet to the flow meter is at atmospheric pressure.
3. The sample flow measured with the external flow meter should be 600
cm/min 75 cm/min. If a combined sample/ozone air Perma Pure dryer
is installed (optional equipment), the flow will be 740 cm/min 10%
(600 cm/min for the sample and 140 cm/min for the ozone generator
supply air).
4. Low flows indicate blockage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway.
07266B DCN6485
If the unit is set for 220-240 V and is plugged into 100-120 V, the analyzer will not start.
If the unit is set for 100-120 V and is plugged into 220-240 V, the circuit breaker built
into the ON/OFF Switch on the front panel will trip to the OFF position immediately
after power is switched on. Note that the analyzer will be severely damaged if 220-240
V is supplied to it when configured for 100-120 V. Never bypass the power switch or
circuit breaker.
TEST POINT#
COLOR
DEFINITION
DGND
Black
Digital ground
+5V
Red
AGND
Green
+15V
Blue
-15V
Yellow
+12V
Purple
+12R
Orange
Analog ground
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct as listed in Table
11-5. An oscilloscope, in AC mode and with band limiting turned on, can be used to
evaluate if the supplies are excessively noisy (>100 mV peak-to-peak).
Table 9-5. DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS
POWER
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
Name
Name
PS1
+5
DGND
+5
PS1
+15
AGND
PS1
-15
AGND
PS1
AGND
PS1
PS2
PS2
07266B DCN6485
MIN V
MAX V
+4.80
+5.25
+15
+13.5
+16.0
-15V
-14.0
-16.0
AGND
DGND
-0.05
+0.05
Chassis
DGND
Chassis
N/A
-0.05
+0.05
+12
+12V Ret
+12V
+11.8
+12.5
DGND
+12V Ret
DGND
-0.05
+0.05
To Test Point
227
If the display is locked up or if the analyzer is not booting up at all, the I2C bus may be
the cause. Contact Technical Support if you suspect a problem with the I2C bus.
07266B DCN6485
CONTROL DEVICE
SOCKETED
Valve0 Valve3
U5
Yes
Valve4 Valve7
U6
Yes
All heaters
K1-K5
Yes
9.5.9. MOTHERBOARD
9.5.9.1. A/D functions
A basic check of the analog to digital (A/D) converter operation on the motherboard is
to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu. Check the following two A/D
reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter.
Using the Signal I/O function (Section 4.6.1 and Appendix D), view the
value of REF_4096_MV and REF_GND. If these signals are within 10
mV and 3 mV, respectively, of their nominal values (4096 and 0) and are
stable to within 0.5 mV, the basic A/D converter is functioning properly.
If these values fluctuate largely or are off by more than specified above,
one or more of the analog circuits may be overloaded or the
motherboard may be faulty.
07266B DCN6485
1V
5V
10V
STEP
0 mV
20
20 mV
0.2
40
40 mV
0.4
60
60 mV
0.6
80
80 mV
0.8
100
100 mV
1.0
10
229
STATUS
System Ok
Conc Valid
High Range
Zero Cal
Span Cal
Diag Mode
Spare
Spare
3. Connect a voltmeter between the - pin and the pin of the output being
tested (Table 11-8).
4. Under the DIAG > SIGNAL I/O menu (Section 4.6.1), scroll through the
inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question. Alternately turn
on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter, it should vary
between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
In each case, the T101 should return to SAMPLE mode when the jumper is removed.
9.5.10. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk-On-Module (DOM). If either of these failures occur, contact
the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the
wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on the
motherboard is not flashing.
230
07266B DCN6485
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard,
specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board. If
this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to start up but the
measurements will be invalid.
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or
warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration and data
files have been corrupted.
Incorrect cabling and connectors. This is the most common problem. See
Figure 4-8 for connector and pin-out information and Section 4.7.3.
Incorrect setting of the DTE - DCE Switch is set correctly See Section
4.7.5.
07266B DCN6485
Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T101 sets
pin 7 (RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
Make sure the baud rate, word length, and stop bit settings between
modem and analyzer match, see Section 5.1.2.7 and Section 4.7.
231
Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly they are numbered left to
right start with the T1 point immediately to the right of the power status LED. These
test points provide information regarding the functioning of the control circuit.
232
07266B DCN6485
Check for the physical presence of the valves or the IZS option.
07266B DCN6485
233
The IZS option is heated with a proportional heater circuit and the temperature is
maintained at 50 C 1. Check the IZS TEMP function via front panel display (Section
4.2.1) and the IZS_TEMP signal voltage using the SIGNAL I/O function under the
DIAG Menu (Section 4.6.1). At 50 C, the temperature signal from the IZS thermistor
should be around 2500 mV.
234
07266B DCN6485
be re-entered before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and span
calibration should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as
range, auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before
replacing the DOM
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening
the mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer,
locate the Disk-on-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of
the programmer.
5. Remove the nylon fastener that mounts the DOM over the CPU board,
and lift the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the
chip matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the
socket. Press the DOM all the way in and reinsert the offset clip.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the
setup information.
Lamp Positioning The UV output level of the lamp is not even across the entire length
of the lamp. Some portions of the lamp shine slightly more brightly than others. At the
factory the position of the UV lamp is adjusted to optimize the amount of UV light
shining through the UV filter/lens and into the reaction cell. Changes to the physical
alignment of the lamp can affect the analyzers ability to accurately measure SO2.
07266B DCN6485
235
236
07266B DCN6485
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
3500mV200mV.
No Action Required
.< 600mV
You can find the power supply connector by following the two, white
UV Lamp power supply wires from the lamp to the power supply.
3. Loosen, but do not remove the two UV lamp bracket screws and the
large brass thumbscrew located on the shutter housing (refer to Figure
9-4) so that the lamp can be moved.
07266B DCN6485
237
DO NOT grasp the UV lamp by its cap when changing its position (refer to Figure 9-4).
Always grasp the main body of the lamp.
4. Remove the UV Lamp by pulling it straight up.
5. Insert the new UV lamp into the bracket.
6. Tighten the two UV lamp bracket screws, but leave the brass thumb
screw un-tightened.
7. Connect the new UV lamp to the power supply.
8. Turn the instrument on and perform the UV adjustment procedure as
defined in Section 9.6.2. above.
9. Finger tighten the thumbscrew.
NOTE
DO NOT over-tighten the thumbscrew.
10. Perform a lamp calibration procedure (refer to Section 4.6.6) and a zero
point and span point calibration (refer to Section 6).
238
07266B DCN6485
07266B DCN6485
239
ANSWER
The T101 disables these buttons when the expected span or zero value
entered by the users is too different from the gas concentration actually
measured value at the time. This is to prevent the accidental recalibration
of the analyzer to an out-of-range response curve.-EXAMPLE: The span
set point is 400 ppb but gas concentration being measured is only 50 ppb.
During certain types of adjustments or configuration operations,
the ENTR button will disappear if you select a setting that is
nonsensical (such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00)
or out of the allowable range for that parameter (such as
selecting a DAS hold off period of more than 20 minutes).-Once
you adjust the setting in question to an allowable value, the
ENTR button will re-appear.
Press the CONC button found under the CAL or CALS menus of the main
SAMPLE menu to enter the expected SO2 span concentration.
Any analyzer with zero/span valve or IZS option can be
automatically calibrated using the instruments AutoCal feature.However, the accuracy of the IZS options permeation tube is
5%. While this may be acceptable for basic calibration checks,
the IZS option is not permitted as a calibration source in
applications following US EPA protocols. -To achieve highest
accuracy, it is recommended to use cylinders of calibrated span
gases in combination with a zero air source. Teledyne API offers a
zero air generator Model 701 and a gas dilution calibrator Model
T700 for this purpose.
What do I do if the
concentration on the
instrument's front panel
display does not match the
value recorded or displayed
on my data logger even if
both instruments are
properly calibrated?
240
07266B DCN6485
QUESTION
How often do I need to
change the particulate
filter?
ANSWER
Once per week. Table 8-1 contains a maintenance schedule listing
the most important, regular maintenance tasks.
The sample pump should last about one year and the pump
diaphragms should to be replaced annually or when necessary.
Use the PRES test function displayed via the front panel to see if
the diaphragm needs replacement (refer to Section 9.1.2).
14.
07266B DCN6485
241
242
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
07266B DCN6485
243
Principles Of Operation
2H2S 3O2
2H2O 2SO2
The converter is a heated stainless steel core containing a catalyst across which the
sample gas passes just before induction into the reaction cell. The temperature of the
converter is maintained by a heater controlled by the CPU via the I2C bus and the relay
card. The converter is enclosed in high-temperature insulation and encased in a stainless
steel housing.
The converter is most efficient when it operates at 315C, converting 95% of the H2S
into SO2. Converter temperature is viewable via the front panel as the test function
CONV TEMP (see Section 4.2.1) and can also be output via the test channel analog
output (see Section 4.6.9). A warning message, CONV TEMP WARNING (see Section
4.2.2) will be issued by the CPU if the converters temperature is below 310C or above
320C.
When the converter is operating at peak efficiency there is a nearly 1:1 relationship
between the amount of H2S entering the catalytic converter and the amount of SO2
leaving it. Therefore, by measuring the amount of SO2 in the gas after it leaves the
converter, the amount of H2S originally present on the sample gas can be directly
inferred. This is accomplished by measuring the ultraviolet fluorescence of the SO2 in
the sample chamber.
Ia
SO2 hv214nm
SO2 *
(Equation 10-1)
The amount of SO2 converted to SO2* in the sample chamber is dependent on the
average intensity of the UV light (Ia) and not its peak intensity because the intensity of
UV light is not constant in every part of the sample chamber. Some of the photons are
absorbed by the SO2 as the light travels through the sample gas.
244
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
The equation for defining the average intensity of the UV light (Ia) is:
Ia I 0 1 exp axSO2
Where: (Equation 10-2)
I0
= The distance between the UV source and the SO2 molecule(s) being
affected (path length).
The second stage of this reaction occurs after the SO2 reaches its excited state (SO2*).
Because the system will seek the lowest available stable energy state, the SO2* molecule
quickly returns to its ground state (Equation 10-3) by giving off the excess energy in the
form of a photon (h). The wavelength of this fluoresced light is also in the ultraviolet
band but at a longer (lower energy) wavelength centered at 330nm.
SO2 *
SO2 hv330nm
(Equation 10-3)
The amount of detectable UV (F) given off by the decay of the SO2* is affected by the rate
at which this reaction occurs (k).
07266B DCN6485
245
Principles Of Operation
F k SO2 *
Where:
F
k
SO2*
=
=
=
Therefore:
kF
SO2 *
SO2 hv330nm
Furthermore, the function (k) is affected by the temperature of the gas. The warmer the
gas, the faster the individual molecules decay back into their ground state and the more
photons of UV light are given off per unit of time.
Given that the absorption rate (a) of SO2 is constant, the amount of fluorescence (F) is a
result of:
The amount of fluorescent light emitted (F) is directly related to the concentration of the
SO2 in the Sample Chamber, when:
the temperature of the gas is known and compensated for so that the
rate of SO2*decay is constant (k)
The Model T101 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer is specifically designed to create these
circumstances.
The optical design reduces the effects of stray light geometrically and
spectrally.
The net result is that any variation in UV fluorescence can be directly attributed to
changes in the concentration of SO2 in the sample gas.
246
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
UV Source
Optical Filter
(214 nm)
Reference
Detector
Sample Gas IN
Window / Seal
UV Source
Lens
SO2
Unabsorbed Excitation UV
Reflected
Excitation UV
and
Fluorescent UV
Broadband
UV From
Lamp
UV
Lamp
Collimated
Excitation UV
Filtered
Excitation UV
Fluorescent UV
Optical Filter
(330 nm)
Fluorescent
UV
Only
PMT Lens
PMT
Focused
Fluorescent
UV
07266B DCN6485
247
Principles Of Operation
The lamp used in the Model T101 is constructed with a vacuum jacket surrounding a
double-bore lamp element (Figure 10-3). The vacuum jacket isolates the plasma arc
from most external temperature fluctuations. The jacket also contains the thermal energy
created by the lamps operation thereby helping the lamp heat up to and maintain proper
vaporization temperature. Light is emitted through a 20 mm x 5 mm portal.
Vacuum
Jacket
Light Output
Portal
Zinc-Vapor
Plasma Arc
Dual Bore
248
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
AFTER
10
330.3
214.3
481.1
330.3
SO2*
Fluorescent
Spectrum
103
(Arbitrary Untis)
LAMP OUTPUT
10
105
104
103
275.6
(Arbitrary Untis)
LAMP OUTPUT
104
202.5
105
307.6
214.3
10
10
SO2* FLUORESCENT
SPECTRUM
0
100
0
200
300
400
WAVELENGTH (nm)
500
100
200
300
400
500
WAVELENGTH (nm)
To solve this problem, the light emitted by the excitation UV lamp passes through a
bandpass filter that screens out photons with wavelengths outside the spectrum required
to excite SO2 into SO2*. (Figure 10-4).
07266B DCN6485
249
Principles Of Operation
330.3
103
(Arbitrary Untis)
LAMP OUTPUT
104
213.9
105
102
101
SO2* FLUORESCENT
SPECTRUM
0
100
200
300
400
500
WAVELENGTH (nm)
Reference
Detector
UV Source 214 nm
Lens
Filter
If source UV is unfocused,
Reference Detector only sees a
small portion of emitted light
330 nm
Filter
PMT Lens
PMT
A lens located between PMT and the sample chamber collects as much of the fluoresced
UV created there as possible and focuses it on the most sensitive part of the PMTs
photo cathode.
250
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
Another lens located between the excitation UV source lamp and the sample chamber
collimates the light emitted by the lamp into a steady, circular beam and focuses that
beam directly onto the reference detector. This allows the reference detector to
accurately measure the effective intensity of the excitation UV by:
Eliminating the effect of reflected light from the UV lamp reaching the PMT.
Making sure that all of the light emitted by the source lamp, passed though the 214 nm
filter and not absorbed by the SO2 reaches the reference detector. Conversely, this also
makes sure that the volume of sample gas affected by the excitation beam is similar to
the volume of fluorescing SO2* being measured by the PMT, eliminating a possible
source of measurement offset.
07266B DCN6485
251
Principles Of Operation
10.2.6.3. Dilution
Certain gases with higher viscosities can lower the flow rate though the critical flow
orifice that controls the movement of sample gas though the analyzer reducing the
amount of sample gas in the sample chamber and thus the amount of SO2 available to
react with the to the UV light. While this can be a significant problem for some
analyzers, the design of the Model T101 is very tolerant of variations in sample gas flow
rate and therefore does not suffer from this type of interference.
252
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
NOTE
Relative Pressure versus Absolute Pressure
In this manual vacuum readings are given in inches of mercury absolute pressure (inHg-A), i.e. indicate an absolute pressure referenced against zero (a perfect vacuum).
07266B DCN6485
253
Principles Of Operation
MOLYBD ENU M
C ONVER TER
PUMP
SAMPLE GAS
INLET
SO2 H2S
SO 2
Scr ubber
Ga s Fl ow w hen m ultig as versi on of
Ana lyzer is me asu ring SO 2.
H2S / SO2
MODE VALVE
SAMPLE
CH AMBER
FLOW
CONTROL
ASSY
UV
LA MP
VACUUM MANIFOLD
LAYER OF
K IC KER
3
1
PMT
S AMPLE
PR ESSUR E
SEN SOR
FLOW
SENSOR
H YD ROCAR BON
SCRU BBER
(KICK ER)
F LOW / PRESSUR E
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
FILTER
Figure 10-7. T101 Gas Flow and Location of Critical Flow Orifice
254
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
H2S
SO2
Default
Time
Settings
03
minutes
3 10 m
03
minutes
3 10 m
Activity
The timing of the above cycle is set by two variables (see Appendix A-2),
MEASURE_PERIOD, which sets the total dwell time for each gas mode, and
MEASURE_DELAY which sets the wait period before the instrument begins making
measurements after the gas mode has been switch.
two o-rings: Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the orings seal the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical
flow orifice.
a spring: Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the
o-rings, the critical flow orifice and the assembly housing.
07266B DCN6485
255
Principles Of Operation
pressure differential combined with the action of the analyzers external pump draws the
gas through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop,
the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of
upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas
through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio stays at least 2:1 the
gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream
pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are
therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical
flow orifice.
CRITICAL
FLOW
ORIFICE
AREA OF
LOW
PRESSURE
AREA OF
HIGH
PRESSURE
Sonic
Shockwave
SPRING
O-RINGS
FILTER
Figure 10-8. Typical Flow Control Assembly with Critical Flow Orifice
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends
on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole, the more gas
molecules, moving at the speed of sound, pass through the orifice.
The result is that he flow rate of the gas is unaffected by degradations in pump
efficiency due to age.
The critical flow orifice used in the Model T101 is designed to provide a flow rate of
600 cm3/min.
256
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
OUTER TUBE
(Clean Air)
USED PURGE AIR
TO
PUMP
AND
EXHAUST PORT
CLEANED
SAMPLE AIR
TO
SAMPLE
CHAMBER
INNER
TUBE
(Ambient Air)
SAMPLE AIR
FROM
PARTICULATE FILTER
In the T101 some of the cleaned air from the inner tube is returned to be used as the
purge gas in the outer tube (Figure 10-9). This means that when the analyzer is first
started, the concentration gradient between the inner and outer tubes is not very large
and the scrubbers efficiency is relatively low. When the instrument is turned on after
having been off for more than 30 minutes, it takes a certain amount of time for the
gradient to become large enough for the scrubber to adequately remove hydrocarbons
from the sample air.
07266B DCN6485
257
Principles Of Operation
258
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
RS232
Male
COM2
Female
USB COM
port
Ethernet
Control Inputs:
1 6
A3
USB)
Touchscreen
or
CO M1
(RS232 ONLY)
Optional
4-20 mA
A2
COM 2
(RS232 or RS485)
Analog Outputs
A1
Display
Status Outputs:
18
A4
MOTHER
BOARD
Analog
Outputs
(D/A)
transmitter board
External
Digital I/O)
PC 104
CPU Card
A/D
Converter
(V/F)
Power-Up
Circuit
Box
Temp
USB
LVDS
(I2 C Bus)
Disk On
Module
CPU
STATUS
LED
Flash Chip
PC 104
Bus
PMT
Temperature
Sensor
PMT
PUMP
Analog
Sensor
Inputs
PMT TEMPERATURE
IZS PERM-TUBE
TEMPERATURE
SAMPLE
CHAMBER
TEMPERATURE
Internal
Digital I/O
Thermistor
Interface
PMT
PREAMP PCA
I2 C
Bus
(Externally Powered)
Pneumatic
Sensor
Board
I2C Status
LED
RELAY
BOARD
Sample
Pressure
Sensor
Sample Flow
Sensor
Sample Chamber
Heater
UV Reference
Detector
IZS Option
Permeation
Tube Heater
TEC Drive
PCA
PMT TEC
H2S SO2
Converter
Heater
H2SSO2 CONVERTER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Shutter
control
Sample Cal
Valve
Option
IZS Valve
Option
H2S SO 2
Valve
07266B DCN6485
259
Principles Of Operation
The core of the analyzer is a microcomputer that controls various internal processes,
interprets data, makes calculations, and reports results using specialized firmware
developed by Teledyne API. It communicates with the user as well as receives data from
and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices through a separate printed circuit
assembly to which the CPU is mounted: the motherboard.
The motherboard is directly mounted to the rear panel and collects data, performs signal
conditioning duties and routs incoming and outgoing signals between the CPU and the
analyzers other major components.
Concentration data of the T101 are generated by the photo multiplier tube (PMT), which
produces an analog current signal corresponding to the brightness of the fluorescence
reaction in the sample chamber. This current signal is amplified to a DC voltage signal
(front panel test parameter PMT) by a PMT preamplifier printed circuit assembly
(located on top of the sensor housing). PMT is converted to digital data by a bi-polar,
analog-to-digital converter, located on the motherboard.
In addition to the PMT signal, a variety of sensors report the physical and operational
status of the analyzers major components, again through the signal processing
capabilities of the motherboard. These status reports are used as data for the H2S
concentration calculation (e.g. pressure and temperature reading used by the
temperature/pressure compensation feature) and as trigger events for certain warning
messages and control commands issued by the CPU. They are stored in the CPUs
memory and, in most cases, can be viewed through the front panel display.
The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of ways:
Finally, the CPU issues commands (also over the I2C bus) to a series of relays and
switches located on a separate printed circuit assembly, the relay board (located in the
rear of the chassis on its own mounting bracket) to control the function of key
electromechanical devices such as heaters that keep the sample chamber at a steady
temperature and, when installed, the zero/span and internal zero/span valve sets and
heaters.
260
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
10.4.1. CPU
The units CPU card, installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel, is a low
power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex 86SX-based microcomputer
running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 specification..
The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: a Disk on Module (DOM) and
an embedded flash chip.
07266B DCN6485
261
Principles Of Operation
Sample Air
Outlet
O-Ring
Seal
O-Ring
Seal
Shutter Assy
PMT
Housing
Attaches
Here
PMT Lens
Housing
Sample Chamber
Heater
Sample
Air Inlet
Sample Chamber
Sample Chamber
Temperature Sensor
Sample Chamber
Heater
O-Ring
Seal
Light Trap
Reference
Detector
262
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
Insulator
PMT Output
Signal
Connector
Cold Block
PMT
High Voltage
Power Supply
Optical Test
LED
TEC located
between Cold Block
and Heat Sink
07266B DCN6485
263
Principles Of Operation
A significant performance characteristic of the PMT is the voltage potential across the
electron multiplier. The higher the voltage, the greater is the number of electrons emitted
from each dynode of the electron multiplier, making the PMT more sensitive and
responsive to small variations in light intensity but also more noisy (dark noise). The
gain voltage of the PMT used in the T101 is usually set between 450 V and 800 V. This
parameter is viewable through the front panel as test function HVPS (Section 4.2.1). For
information on when and how to set this voltage, see Section 9.6.2.
The PMT is housed inside the PMT module assembly (Figure 10-13). This assembly
also includes the high voltage power supply required to drive the PMT, an LED used by
the instruments optical test function, a thermistor that measures the temperature of the
PMT and various components of the PMT cooling system including the thermo-electric
cooler (TEC).
264
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
Preamp PCA sends
buffered and
amplified thermistor
signal to TEC PCA
TEC
Control
PCA
PMT Preamp
PCA
Heat Sink
ThermoElectric Cooler
Thermistor
outputs temp of
cold block to
preamp PCA
PMT
Cold Block
Cooling Fan
A red LED located on the top edge of this assembly glows constantly to indicate that the
control circuit is receiving power.
TEC Control Test Points
Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly they are numbered left to
right start with the point immediately to the right of the power status LED. See Section
9.5.3 for more information.
265
Principles Of Operation
Optical Test
Generator
PMT Coarse
Gain Set
PMT Fine
Gain Set
(Rotary
Switch)
(Rotary
Switch)
To
PMT HVPS
Motherboard
Drive Voltage
PMT Output
D-A
Converter
Amp to
Voltage
Converter/
Amplifier
MUX
Electrical Test
Generator
PMT Temp Analog Signal
TEC Control
PCA
PMT
Signal
Offset
to Motherboard
PMT Temp
Sensor
Low Pass
Noise
Filter
PMT
Temperature
Feedback
Circuit
PMT Output Signal
(PMT) to Motherboard
The PMT temperature control loop maintains the PMT temperature around 7 C and can
be viewed as test function PMT TEMP on the front panel.
The electrical test (ETEST) circuit generates a constant, electronic signal intended to
simulate the output of the PMT (after conversion from current to voltage). By bypassing
the detectors actual signal, it is possible to test most of the signal handling and
conditioning circuitry on the PMT preamplifier board. See Section 4.6.5 for instructions
on performing this test.
The optical test (OTEST) feature causes an LED inside the PMT cold block to create a
light signal that can be measured with the PMT. If zero air is supplied to the analyzer,
the entire measurement capability of the sensor module can be tested including the PMT
and the current to voltage conversion circuit on the PMT preamplifier board. See
Section 4.6.4 for instructions on performing this test.
266
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
07266B DCN6485
267
Principles Of Operation
S O 2 /H 2S v alv e
I2C
W atch do g LE D
Z er o/S p an a nd IZ S O p tions
Z e ro/S p an V a lve
Z er o/S pa n a nd IZ S O p tio ns
S a m p le/C al V alv e
S am p le C ha m be r
He ate r
Thirteen LEDs are located on the analyzers relay board to indicate the status of the
analyzers heating zones and valves as well as a general operating watchdog indicator.
Table 10-2 shows the states of these LEDs and their respective functionality.
Table 10-2. Relay Board Status LEDs
LED
D1
COLOR
RED
D2
YELLOW
D3
YELLOW
D4
YELLOW
D5
YELLOW
D6
YELLOW
D7
GREEN
D8
GREEN
D9
GREEN
SO2/H2S valve
D10
D11
D12-14
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
Unused
UV Lamp Shutter
Unused
268
FUNCTION
Watchdog circuit
Sample chamber
heater
H2S SO2 converter
heater
Unused
IZS heater Perm.
Tube (option)
Unused
Sample/Cal Valve
(option)
Zero/Span Valve
(option)
NOT HEATING
HEATING
NOT HEATING
N/A
N/A
HEATING
NOT HEATING
N/A
Valve open to zero/span
valve.
N/A
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
As a Safety measure, special circuitry on the Relay Board watches the status of LED D1.
Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds, indicating that the CPU or I2C
bus has stopped functioning, the Watchdog Circuit will automatically shut of all valves
as well as turn off the UV Source(s) and all heaters. The Sample Pump will still be
running.
10.4.10. MOTHERBOARD
This printed circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including A/D
conversion, digital input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal
processing and is a pass through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
10.4.10.1. A to D Conversion
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the analyzers various sensors, are
converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog
to digital converter (A/D).Under the control of the CPU, this functional block selects a
particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable logic
device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices.
The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage. The PLD
counts the output of the V-F during a specified time period, and sends the result of that
count, in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in the is
used in uni-polar mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and
under-range. This allows signals from -0.05V to +5.05V to be fully converted.
For A to D calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D
converter: Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration the device measures
these two voltages and outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The CPU uses these
values to compute the A to D converters offset and slope (not the same offset and slope
recorded during zero/span calibration) and uses these factors for subsequent conversions.
See 4.6.3.4 for instructions on performing this calibration.
07266B DCN6485
269
Principles Of Operation
board. It is digitized and sent to the CPU where it is used to calculate the current
temperature of the PMT.
This measurement is stored in the analyzers memory as the test function PMT TEMP
and is viewable as a test function (Section 4.2.1) through the analyzers front panel.
SAMPLE GAS PRESSURE SENSOR: This sensor measures the gas pressure at the exit
of the sample chamber.
SAMPLE FLOW SENSOR: This sensor measure the flow rate of the sample gas as it
exits the sample chamber.
270
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
In its standard configuration, the analyzer comes with all three of these channels set up
to output a DC voltage. However, 4-20mA current loop drivers can be purchased for the
first two of these outputs, A1 and A2.
Output Loop-back: All three of the functioning analog outputs are connected back to the
A/D converter through a Loop-back circuit. This permits the voltage outputs to be
calibrated by the CPU without need for any additional tools or fixtures
07266B DCN6485
271
Principles Of Operation
Touchscreen
USB
Chassis
Cooling
Fan
Display
PMT
Cooling
Fan
ON/OFF
SWITCH
TEC
Control
PCA
PMT
Preamp
AC POWER
ENTRANCE
CPU
RELAY
BOARD
Mother
Board
AC POWER
DC POWER
Temperature
Sensors
PS 2 (+12 VDC)
PMT High
Voltage Supply
PUMP
Pressure
Sensor
Gas Flow
Sensor
H2S SO2
Converter
Heaters
Sample/Cal
for Z/S and
IZS Valve
Options
H 2S SO2
Vlavle
UV Source
Lamp
Shutter
UV Source
Lamp
Power
Supply
UV Source
Lamp
Shutter
IZS Option
Permeation
Tube
Heater
Sample
Chamber
Heaters
A 6.75 ampere circuit breaker is built into the ON/OFF switch. In case of a wiring fault
or incorrect supply power, the circuit breaker will automatically turn off the analyzer.
CAUTION
Should the power circuit breaker trip, correct the condition causing this
situation before turning the analyzer back on.
272
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
LCD Display
and
Touchscreen
3.3V
LVDS
Transmitter
Board
CPU
LVDS
Receiver
Back-Light
Supply
+5V
TFT BIAS
Supply
10.4, -7.0, 16, 4V
PWM
LAN
COM4
USB4
Lang.
USB & 5V
Utility
BL Cont.
Controller
USB Master
USB2 HUB
Ethernet
Powered
Powered
USB-1
USB-2
Ethernet Port
USB
USB Slave
Type B Port
Analog Input
Terminal Block
07266B DCN6485
273
Principles Of Operation
Analyzer Operations
Calibration Procedures
Configuration Procedures
Autonomic Systems
Diagnostic Routines
PC/104 BUS
ANALYZER
HARDWARE
Interface Handling
Measurement
Algorithm
(H2S & SO2 )
PC/104 BUS
274
07266B DCN6485
Principles Of Operation
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
TIME = HH:MM:SS
SAMPLE
=XXX.X
RCELL TEMP=50.0C
SAMPLE
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
PMT TEMP=7.0C
BOX TEMP=30.0C
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S =XXX.X
SAMPLE
SETUP
H2S OFFS=XX.X MV
H2S
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
H2S
SAMPLE
H2S SLOPE=XXX
H2S =XXX.X
SETUP
NOTE
Separate slope and offset values are calculated and recorded for H2S and SO2 gas
measurements. Here they are shown as they appear when analyzer is in H2S Mode.
In SO2 Mode they appear as SO2 OFFS & SO2 SLOPE. In multigas mode, both versions
appear.
07266B DCN6485
275
Principles Of Operation
PRESSCO
276
07266B DCN6485
Materials
Separate
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = 0
NET CHARGE = 0
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 2
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 4
NET CHARGE = -1
NET CHARGE = +1
If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded,
the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place,
or static. The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone
wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor.
With each step, electrons change places and the resulting electro-static charge builds up,
quickly reaching significant levels. Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a
07266B DCN6485
277
65-90%
RH
10-25%
RH
1,500V
35,000V
250V
12,000V
100V
6,000V
1,200V
20,000V
1,500V
18,000V
DEVICE
DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY
VOLTAGE RANGE
DAMAGE BEGINS
OCCURRING AT
CATASTROPHIC
DAMAGE AT
MOSFET
10
100
VMOS
30
1800
NMOS
60
100
GaAsFET
60
2000
EPROM
100
100
JFET
140
7000
SAW
150
500
Op-AMP
190
2500
CMOS
200
3000
Schottky Diodes
300
2500
Film Resistors
300
3000
This Film
Resistors
300
7000
ECL
500
500
SCR
500
1000
Schottky TTL
500
2500
07266B DCN6485
A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into the
connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function. If the assembly
is carrying a static charge, as it is connected to ground a discharge will occur.
I didnt touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electrostatic charges are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or
sometimes even feet away from the surface bearing the charge.
These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in
which the damaged device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost productivity,
as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment or property.
Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge
will be equalized across the entire device, but without access to earth ground, they
are still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage when they
are discharged.
A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered in
the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface of
a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench.
07266B DCN6485
279
W r is t S t r a p
G r o u n d P o in t
For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD kits are
available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include everything needed
to create a temporary anti-ESD work area anywhere.
Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one megohm) that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the instruments power
supply.
280
07266B DCN6485
Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive
components and assemblies rather than pink-poly bags. The
famous, pink-poly bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with
a liquid (similar to liquid laundry detergent) which very slowly sweats
onto the surface of the plastic creating a slightly conductive layer over
the surface of the bag.
While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it does not
prevent the build up of static charges. If laying on a conductive, grounded surface, these
bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very charges that build up on the surface
of the bag itself can be transferred through the bag by induction onto the circuits of your
ESD sensitive device. Also, the liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up
after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary
plastic bag.
Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color)
provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when
properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from
discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.
Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are also
excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and
discharges.
07266B DCN6485
281
Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare
metal portion of the instrument chassis. This will safely connect you to
the same ground level to which the instrument and all of its components
are connected.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the
closed metal casing of your analyzer has isolated the components and
assemblies inside from any conducted or induced static charges.
4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down
on a non-ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait.
5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed
the case of the analyzer.
Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static
charges on the outside surface of the container to be bled away by the
workstations grounded protective mat.
4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also
touching or holding an ESD Sensitive Device.
282
07266B DCN6485
6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before
leaving the workbench.
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your
wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the
effects of static fields.
6. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges
that may have built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your
wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
If you are at a anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the
conductive work surface
07266B DCN6485
283
static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped make sure
that you always unpack shipments from Teledyne API by:
1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area.
2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area.
3. Follow steps 6 and 7 of Section 11.4.2.4 above when opening the antiESD container at the work station.
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic
components or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API.
WARNING
DO NOT use pink-poly bags.
NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the
electronic component/assembly directly.
This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam
peanuts, open cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape.
DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD tape.
1. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD
bag or bin.
2. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to
dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your
wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the
effects of static fields.
If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or containers available,
Teledyne APIs Technical Support department will supply them. Follow the instructions
listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation.
284
07266B DCN6485
Clossary
GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term
Description/Definition
10BaseT
100BaseT
APICOM
ASSY
Assembly
CAS
Code-Activated Switch
CD
CE
CEM
07266B DCN6485
CO2
carbon dioxide
C3H8
propane
CH4
methane
H2O
water vapor
HC
HNO3
nitric acid
H2S
hydrogen sulfide
NO
nitric oxide
NO2
nitrogen dioxide
NOX
NOy
NH3
ammonia
285
Glossary
Term
O2
Description/Definition
molecular oxygen
O3
ozone
SO2
sulfur dioxide
cm3
CPU
DAC
Digital-to-Analog Converter
DAS
DCE
DFU
DHCP
DIAG
DOM
DOS
DRAM
DR-DOS
DTE
EEPROM
ESD
Electro-Static Discharge
ETEST
Electrical Test
Ethernet
FEP
Flash
286
07266B DCN6485
Term
FPI
Glossary
Description/Definition
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a
transparent plate with two reflecting surfaces or two parallel,
highly reflective mirrors
GFC
I2C bus
IC
IP
Internet Protocol
IZS
LAN
LCD
LED
LPM
MFC
M/R
Measure/Reference
MOLAR MASS
NDIR
Non-Dispersive Infrared
NIST-SRM
PC
PCA
PC/AT
PCB
07266B DCN6485
287
Glossary
Term
PFA
Description/Definition
Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that
Du Pont markets as Teflon
PLC
PLD
PLL
PMT
Part Number
PSD
PTFE
PVC
Rdg
Reading
RS-232
RS-485
SAROAD
SLAMS
SLPM
STP
TCP/IP
TEC
TPC
Temperature/Pressure Compensation
USB
VARS
V-F
Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S
Zero / Span
288
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
07266B DCN6485
A-1
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
A-2
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, S/W Version C.7 (E-Series), 1.0.5 (T-Series)
SAMPLE
TEST1
<TST
MSG1,2
CAL
TST>
Only appear if
reporting range
is set for
AUTO range
mode.
LOW
CLR1,3
HIGH
CFG
RANGE
H2S STB
SAMP FL
PRES
PMT
NORM PMT
UV LAMP
LAMP RATIO
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
DARK LMP
SO2 SLOPE
SO2 OFFSET
H2S SLOPE
H2S OFFSET
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP 1
CONV TEMP
TEST2
TIME
ZERO
SPAN
DAS
RANG
PASS
CLK
MORE
CONC
(Secondary Setup Menu)
COMM
TEST FUNCTIONS
Viewable by user while
instrument is in
SAMPLE Mode
Figure A-1:
07266B DCN6485
SETUP
1
2
3
VARS
DIAG
A-3
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SAMPLE
TEST1
<TST
CALZ
CAL
TST>
Only appear if
reporting range
is set for
AUTO range
mode.
LOW
ZERO
HIGH
SPAN
LOW
CONC
HIGH
ZERO
MSG1,2
CALS
LOW
HIGH
SPAN
CONC
CLR1,3
TEST FUNCTIONS
Viewable by user while
instrument is in SAMPLE Mode
(see preceding menu tree)
SETUP
CFG
DAS
RANG
PASS
CLK
MORE
1
2
Figure A-2:
A-4
COMM
VARS
DIAG
Sample Display Menu - Units with Z/S Valve or IZS Option installed
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SETUP
CFG
PREV
NEXT
MODEL NAME
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE
REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE
1
REVISION
HESSEN PROTOCOL
REVISION1
ACTIVE SPECIAL
SOFTWARE
OPTIONS1
CPU TYPE
ENTR
MODE
PREV
CLK
MORE
ON
OFF
(Fig. A-8)
MODE
SET
IND
AUTO
DATE
UNIT
NEXT
SNGL
DISABLED
ZERO
ZERO/SPAN
SPAN
TIMER ENABLE
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
DELTA TIME
DURATION
CALIBRATE
PPB
PPM
UGM
MGM
ENTR
<SET
SET>
EDIT
LOW3
Go To
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
(Fig. A-5)
HIGH3
RANGE TO CAL3
Figure A-3:
07266B DCN6485
SET2
PASS
TIME
CONFIGURATION
SAVED
NEXT
SEQ 1)
SEQ 2)
SEQ 3)
DATE FACTORY
RNGE
Go To DAS MENU
TREE
PREV
DAS
ACAL1
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SETUP
CFG
DAS
ACAL1
RNGE
VIEW
PREV
PREV NEXT
PV10
INS
PREV
NEXT
EDIT
SET>
EDIT
PRNT
Creates/changes name
NAME
EVENT
PARAMETERS
REPORT PERIOD
NUMBER OF RECORDS
RS-232 REPORT
CHANNEL ENABLE
CAL. HOLD
NO
PRNT
NO
<SET
NX10
YES
DEL
YES
CONC
PNUMTC
CALDAT
VIEW
Cycles through
lists of
parameters
chosen for this
iDAS channel
MORE
NEXT
PRM>
CLK
EDIT
CONC
PNUMTC
CALDAT
<PRM
PASS
Sets the
amount of time
between each
report.
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
Cycles through
available trigger
events
YES
EDIT
PRNT
NO
ON
<SET
Cycles through
already active
parameters
(see Section 6.11.2.4).
PARAMETER
PREV NEXT
SET>
EDIT
SAMPLE MODE
INST
PRNT
OFF
PRECISION
AVG
MIN
YES
NO
Selects max
no. of records
for this channel
MAX
Figure A-4:
A-6
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SAMPLE
CFG
DAS
ACAL1
RNGE
COMM
COM1 COM2
<SET
SET>
TCP1
TCP2 HOST
PREV
MORE
BAUD RATE
TEST PORT
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
TEST
QUIET
COMPUTER
HESSEN PROTOCOL
E, 8,1
E, 7, 1
RS-485
SECURITY
MULTIDROP PROTOCOL
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING2
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE2
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE FIFO2
COMMAND PROMPT
ON
300
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57760
115200
OFF
Figure A-5:
DIAG
NEXT
JUMP
EDIT PRINT
MEASURE_MODE
CAL_GAS
DAS_HOLD_OFF
TPC_ENABLE
RCELL_SET
IZS_SET
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
CONC_PRECISION
CLOCK_ADJ
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
EDIT
MODE
07266B DCN6485
CLK
VARS
INET3
ID
PASS
Go To
DIAG MENU TREE
(Fig A-8)
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SETUP
CFG
DAS
ACAL1
RNGE
PASS
COMM
CLK
MORE
VARS
ID
DIAG
COM1
PREV
NEXT
JUMP
EDIT
INET2
<SET
SET>
EDIT
COMM - VARS
MENU TREE
(Fig A-5)
DHCP
INSTRUMENT IP
GATEWAY IP
SUBNET MASK
MEASURE_MODE
CAL_GAS
DAS_HOLD_OFF
TPC_ENABLE
RCELL_SET
IZS_SET
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
CONC_PRECISION
CLOCK_ADJ
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
TCP PORT3
HOSTNAME4
Go To
DIAG MENU TREE
ON
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
EDIT
(Fig A-8)
Figure A-6:
A-8
INSTRUMENT IP5
GATEWAY IP5
SUBNET MASK5
TCP PORT 3
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SETUP
CFG
DAS
ACAL 1
RNGE
PASS
CLK
COMM
HESN2
ID
<SET
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
SET>
PREV NEXT
RESPONSE MODE
BCC
TEXT
INS
EDIT
YES
GAS LIST
STATUS FLAGS
CMD
DEL
EDIT
PRNT
DIAG
See
Fig A-5
See
Fig A-8
NO
VARS
COM1 COM2
See
Fig A-5
VARIATION
MORE
GAS TYPE
GAS ID
REPORTED
Figure A-7:
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
SAMPLE
DAS
ACAL1
CFG
COMM
RNGE
PASS
CLK
VARS
MORE
DIAG
SIGNAL
I/O
PREV
ANALOG
OUTPUT
NEXT
ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION
ENTR
EX T ZERO CAL
EX T SP AN C AL
SEL EC T SEC GA S
MA INT MODE
LA NG2 SELECT
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
23)
24)
25)
26)
27)
28)
29)
30)
31)
32)
33)
34)
35)
36)
SAMP LE LED
CAL LED
FA ULT LED
AUDIBL E BEEPER
EL EC TEST
OPTIC TEST
PREA MP RA NGE H I
ST SY STEM O K
ST C ONC V AL ID
ST H IGH RAN GE
ST ZERO CA L
ST SP AN C AL
ST DIA G MODE
ST H2S MO DE
ST L AMP AL ARM
ST DA RK CA L A LA RM
ST FLOW AL A RM
ST PRESS AL A RM
ST TEMP A LA RM
ST HV PS A LA RM
ST_SY STEM_OK 2
ST C ONC A LA RM 1
ST C ONC A LA RM 2
ST H IGH RAN GE2
RELA Y W ATCH DOG
RCEL L HEA TER
CO NV_H EA TER
IZS HEA TER 1
CAL VA LV E
SPAN VA LV E
H2S V AL V E
DARK SH UTTER
37
72
OPTIC
TEST
PRESSURE
FLOW
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
Starts Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
<SET
AOUTS CALIBRATED
SET>
CAL
AIN CALD
CONC OUT 1
CONC OUT 2
TEST OUTPUT
TEST
CHANNEL
OUTPUT
NONE
PMT READING
UV READING
SAMPLE PRESSURE
SAMPLE FLOW
RCELL TEMP
CHASSIS TEMP
IZS TEMP2
PMT TEMP
HVPS VOLTAGE
CAL
EDIT
<SET
ON
SET>
RANGE
REC OFFSET
AUTO CAL
ON
OFF
OFF
0.1V
1V
5V
10V
CURR
INTERN AL ANA L OG
V OLTA GE S IGNA LS
(see Ap pen dix A tables )
Figure A-8:
A-10
ELECTRICAL
LAMP
TEST
CALIBRATION
NEXT
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O, S/W Version C.7 (E-Series), 1.0.5 (TSeries)
Table A-1:
Setup Variables
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
SO2-H2S,
SO2,
H2S,
TRS
TRS 6,
SO2-H2S,
SO2-TRS 6,
H2S-TRS 6,
SO2-H2STRS 6,
SO2-H2SREMOTE,
H2S-SO2REMOTE
CAL_GAS
DEF
DEF,
SO2,
H2S
DAS_HOLD_OFF
Minutes
15
0.520
TPC_ENABLE
ON
OFF, ON
RCELL_SET
50
3070
3070
Warnings:
4555
IZS_SET
50
Warnings:
4555
DYN_ZERO
OFF
OFF, ON
DYN_SPAN
OFF
OFF, ON
07266B DCN6485
A-11
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
CONC_PRECISION
Default
Value
1
Value Range
AUTO,
0,
1,
2,
3,
4
Description
Number of digits to display
to the right of the decimal
point for concentrations on
the display. Enclose value in
double quotes () when
setting from the RS-232
interface.
CLOCK_ADJ
Sec./Day
-6060
SERVICE_CLEAR
OFF
OFF
ON
TIME_SINCE_SVC
Hours
0500000
SVC_INTERVAL
Hours
0100000
ENGL
ENGL,
SECD,
EXTN
LATCH_WARNINGS
ON
ON, OFF
DAYLIGHTSAVING_ENABLE
ON
ON, OFF
MAINT_TIMEOUT
Hours
0.1100
MEASURE_PERIOD
Minutes
10
160
MEASURE_DELAY
Minutes
0.120
Seconds
10
0.1100
33 MS
33 MS,
FLUSH_DURATION
CONV_TIME
66 MS,
133 MS,
266 MS,
533 MS,
1 SEC,
2 SEC
DWELL_TIME
Seconds
0.110
FILT_SIZE
Samples
240
1480
FILT_ASIZE
Samples
20
1100
A-12
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
FILT_DELTA
PPB
20
1100
FILT_PCT
1100
FILT_DELAY
Seconds
180
0300
FILT_ADAPT
ON
OFF, ON
DIL_FACTOR
0.11000
USER_UNITS
PPB
PPB,
PPM,
UGM,
MGM
LAMP_CAL
mV
3500
10005000
LAMP_GAIN
0.9
0.51.5
UV lamp compensation
attenuation factor.
TEMPCO_GAIN
0.15
0.0110
Temperature coefficient
attenuation factor for
pressure readings.
Conc
400
0.01
9999.99
Seconds
10
1100
Minutes
1100
0200
Gain
0500
0.110
065535
SLOPE_CONST
0.110
DARK_ENABLE
ON,
OFF, ON
PMT_TARG_CONC
PMT_UPDATE_PERIOD
PMT_CAL_TIMEOUT
9
HVPS_ADJUST
HVPS_INTEG
HVPS_STABIL
PMT_ADJUST
OFF
DARK_FREQ
Minutes
30
0.11440
DARK_PRE_DWELL
Seconds
10
160
DARK_POST_DWELL
Seconds
10
1180
07266B DCN6485
A-13
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
DARK_SAMPLES
Samples
110
DARK_FSIZE
Samples
1100
DARK_LIMIT
mV
200
01000
SO2_SPAN1
Conc
400
0.150000
SO2_SPAN2
Conc
400
0.150000
SO2_SLOPE1
PPB/mV
0.254
SO2_SLOPE2
PPB/mV
0.254
SO2_OFFSET1
mV
-15001500
SO2_OFFSET2
mV
-15001500
H2S_SPAN1
Conc
400
0.150000
H2S_SPAN2
Conc
400
0.150000
H2S_SLOPE1
PPB/mV
0.254
H2S_SLOPE2
PPB/mV
0.254
H2S_OFFSET1
mV
-15001500
H2S_OFFSET2
mV
-15001500
CE_FACTOR1
0.81.2
CE_FACTOR2
0.81.2
TRS_SPAN1
Conc
400
0.150000
TRS_SPAN2
Conc
400
0.150000
TRS_SLOPE1
PPB/mV
0.254
TRS_SLOPE2
PPB/mV
0.254
mV
-15001500
TRS_OFFSET1
TRS_OFFSET2
mV
-15001500
TRS_CE_FACTOR1
0.81.2
TRS_CE_FACTOR2
0.81.2
SNGL
SNGL,
RANGE_MODE
IND,
AUTO
A-14
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
PHYS_RANGE1
PPM
0.12500
PHYS_RANGE2
PPM
20
0.12500
CONC_RANGE1
Conc
500
0.150000
Conc
500
0.150000
Conc
500
0.150000
cc/m
150
0500
CONC_RANGE2
CONC_RANGE3
OXY_FLOW_SET
Warnings:
50300
OXY_FLOW_SLOPE
SAMP_FLOW_SET
0.51.5
cc/m
700
01200
Warnings:
3501200
SAMP_FLOW_SLOPE
0.51.5
SFLOW_FILT_SIZE
Samples
50
1200
SAMP_PRESS_SET
"Hg
29.92
0100
Warnings:
1535
CONV_TYPE
CONV_SET
MOLY
NONE, MOLY
Converter type.
315
0350
560
040
Warnings:
310320
BOX_SET
30
Warnings:
850
PMT_SET
7,
15
Warnings:
212,
220
07266B DCN6485
A-15
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
RS232_MODE
BitFlag
Default
Value
0
Value Range
065535
Description
RS-232 COM1 mode flags.
Add values to combine flags.
1 = quiet mode
2 = computer mode
4 = enable security
16 = enable Hessen protocol
32 = enable multi-drop
64 = enable modem
128 = ignore RS-232 line
errors
256 = disable XON / XOFF
support
512 = disable hardware
FIFOs
1024 = enable RS-485 mode
2048 = even parity, 7 data
bits, 1 stop bit
4096 = enable command
prompt
BAUD_RATE
115200
300,
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT
AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0
S0=2 &B0
&N6 &M0 E0
Q1 &W0
Any
character in
the allowed
character
set. Up to
100
characters
long.
RS232_MODE2
BitFlag
065535
A-16
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
BAUD_RATE2
Default
Value
19200
Value Range
300,
1200,
2400,
Description
RS-232 COM2 baud rate.
Enclose value in double
quotes () when setting from
the RS-232 interface.
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT2
AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0
S0=2 &B0
&N6 &M0 E0
Q1 &W0
Any
character in
the allowed
character
set. Up to
100
characters
long.
RS232_PASS
Password
940331
0999999
09999
MACHINE_ID
ID
101 ,
3
102 ,
108
COMMAND_PROMPT
Cmd>
Any
character in
the allowed
character
set. Up to
100
characters
long.
TEST_CHAN_ID
NONE
NONE,
PMT
READING,
UV
READING,
OXY FLOW4,
SAMPLE
FLOW,
SAMPLE
PRESSURE,
RCELL
TEMP,
CHASSIS
TEMP,
IZS TEMP,
PMT TEMP,
CONV TEMP 2,
HVPS
VOLTAGE
07266B DCN6485
A-17
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
REMOTE_CAL_MODE
Default
Value
SO2-LOW
Value Range
SO2-LOW,
SO2-HIGH,
H2S-LOW,
H2S-HIGH,
TRS-LOW6,
Description
Gas and range to calibrate
during contact-closure and
Hessen calibration. Enclose
value in double quotes ()
when setting from the RS232 interface.
TRS-HIGH6
HOLD_DAC_ON_CAL
OFF
OFF, ON
PASS_ENABLE
OFF
OFF, ON
RCELL_CYCLE
Seconds
0.530
RCELL_PROP
1/C
0.3 (prop.
band = 3.3
C)
010
RCELL_INTEG
0.005
010
RCELL_DERIV
0.5
010
IZS_CYCLE
Seconds
0.530
IZS_PROP
1/C
1 (prop.
band = 1 C)
010
IZS_INTEG
0.03
010
IZS_DERIV
010
HVPS_SET
Volts
650
02000
Warnings:
400900
MAX_PMT_DETECTOR
mV
4995
05000
PHOTO_ABS_LIMITS
mV
450
05000
Pre-amplified UV lamp
minimum/maximum warning
limits. Set point is not used.
05000
UV lamp minimum/maximum
warning limits. Set point is
not used.
Warnings:
125625
UV_LAMP_LIMITS
mV
3500
Warnings:
10004995
ELEC_TEST_LEVEL
OPTIC_TEST_LEVEL
A-18
065535
065535
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
Default
Value
SERIAL_NUMBER
00000000
DISP_INTENSITY
HIGH
Value Range
Description
Any
character in
the allowed
character
set. Up to
100
characters
long.
HIGH,
MED,
LOW,
DIM
I2C_RESET_ENABLE
ON
OFF, ON
CLOCK_FORMAT
TIME=%H:
%M:%S
Any
character in
the allowed
character
set. Up to
100
characters
long.
07266B DCN6485
A-19
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Numeric
Units
Setup Variable
ALARM_TRIGGER
FACTORY_OPT
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
Cycles
1100
Number of times
concentration must exceed
limit to trigger alarm.
BitFlag
065535
All instances of H2S in T101, M101E are changed to TRS in T102, M102E, and TS in T108, M108E.
T101, M101E.
T102, M102E.
T108, M108E.
Triple-gas option.
T108U, M108EU.
A-20
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements, S/W Version C.7 (E-Series), 1.0.5
(T-Series)
Table A-2:
Warning Messages
Name 1
Message Text
Description
Warnings
WSYSRES
SYSTEM RESET
WDATAINIT
DATA INITIALIZED
WCONFIGINIT
CONFIG INITIALIZED
WSO2ALARM1
WSO2ALARM2
WH2SALARM1
WH2SALARM2
WTRSALARM1
7+5
WTRSALARM2
7+5
WPMT
WUVLAMP
UV LAMP WARNING
WSAMPFLOW
WSAMPPRESS
WBOXTEMP
WRCELLTEMP
WIZSTEMP
WOXYFLOW
WCONVTEMP
07266B DCN6485
A-21
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
WPMTTEMP
WDARKCAL
WHVPS
HVPS WARNING
WDYNZERO
WDYNSPAN
WREARBOARD
WRELAYBOARD
WFRONTPANEL
WANALOGCAL
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in T BOXTEMP.
Engineering software.
T101, M101E.
Triple-gas option.
T108, M108E.
T108U, M108EU.
Optional.
A-22
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Table A-3:
Test Measurements
TEST Measurement
Message Text
DESCRIPTION
RANGE
RANGE=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE1
RANGE1=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE2
RANGE2=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE3=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE3
STABILITY
STABILITY2
RESPONSE
RSP=1.11(0.00) SEC
SAMPFLOW
SAMPPRESS
PRES=29.9 IN-HG-A
Sample pressure.
PMTDET
PMT=762.5 MV
NORMPMTDET
NORM PMT=742.9 MV
UVDET
UV LAMP=3457.6 MV
UV lamp reading.
UV STB=5.607 MV
LAMPRATIO
LAMP RATIO=100.0 %
STRAYLIGHT
DARKPMT
DRK PMT=19.6 MV
OXYFLOW
STABILITYUV
DARKLAMP
DRK LMP=42.4 MV
SO2SLOPE
SO2 SLOPE=1.000
SO2OFFSET
SO2 OFFS=0.0 MV
H2SSLOPE
H2S SLOPE=1.000
H2SOFFSET
H2S OFFS=0.0 MV
TRS SLOPE=1.000
TRS OFFS=0.0 MV
HVPS=650 VOLTS
RCELLTEMP
RCELL TEMP=52.1 C
BOXTEMP
BOX TEMP=35.5 C
TRSSLOPE
TRSOFFSET
HVPS
RCELLDUTY
07266B DCN6485
A-23
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
TEST Measurement
PMTTEMP
Message Text
DESCRIPTION
PMT TEMP=7.0 C
PMT temperature.
IZS TEMP=52.2 C
IZS temperature.
CONV TEMP=315.0 C
Converter temperature.
SO2
SO2=261.4 PPB
H2S/TRS
H2S/TRS=331.6 PPB
TRS=378.4 PPB
TESTCHAN
TEST=3721.1 MV
CLOCKTIME
TIME=10:38:27
IZSDUTY
IZSTEMP
CONVTEMP
TRS
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in T BOXTEMP.
Engineering software.
T101, M101E.
Triple-gas option.
T108, M108E.
T108U, M108EU.
Optional.
A-24
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions, S/W Version C.7 (E-Series), 1.0.5 (T-Series)
Table A-4:
Signal Name
Description
Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 916 = bits 07, default I/O address 322 hex
07
Spare
ELEC_TEST
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
OPTIC_TEST
1 = optic test on
0 = off
DARK_TEST
1 = dark test on
0 = off
PREAMP_RANGE_HI
Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 322 hex
ELEC_TEST
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
OPTIC_TEST
1 = optic test on
0 = off
PREAMP_RANGE_HI
I2C_RESET
35
Spare
I2C_DRV_RST
Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 16 = bits 05, default I/O address 321 hex
EXT_ZERO_CAL
EXT_SPAN_CAL
SELECT_SEC_GAS
35
Spare
67
Always 1
Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 16 = bits 05, default I/O address 325 hex
05
07266B DCN6485
Spare
A-25
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Bit or Channel
Number
Signal Name
67
Description
Always 1
Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 321 hex
07
Spare
Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 912 = bits 03, default I/O address 325 hex
03
Spare
Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 112 = bits 47, default I/O address 325 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK2
1 = system OK
0 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
ST_CONC_ALARM_1
ST_CONC_ALARM_2
ST_HIGH_RANGE2
A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK
0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition
ST_CONC_VALID
0 = conc. valid
1 = warnings or other conditions that affect validity
of concentration
ST_HIGH_RANGE
ST_ZERO_CAL
0 = in zero calibration
1 = not in zero
ST_SPAN_CAL
0 = in span calibration
1 = not in span
ST_DIAG_MODE
0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_H2S_MODE
ST_TRS_MODE
B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 324 hex
ST_LAMP_ALARM
ST_DARK_CAL_ALARM
ST_FLOW_ALARM
1 = dark cal. OK
1 = all flows OK
ST_PRESS_ALARM
A-26
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Bit or Channel
Number
Signal Name
Description
1 = all pressures OK
ST_TEMP_ALARM
ST_HVPS_ALARM
0 = HVPS alarm
1 = HVPS OK
67
Spare
2
5 (input)
0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
LANG2_SELECT
6 (input)
SAMPLE_LED
8 (output)
CAL_LED
9 (output)
0 = sample LED on
1 = off
0 = cal. LED on
1 = off
FAULT_LED
10 (output)
0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER
14 (output)
RCELL_HEATER
CONV_HEATER
IZS_HEATER
Spare
0 = IZS heater on
1 = off
Spare
CAL_VALVE
SPAN_VALVE
H2S_VALVE,
TRS_VALVE
TS_VALVE
07266B DCN6485
A-27
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Bit or Channel
Number
Signal Name
DARK_SHUTTER
10
Description
0 = close dark shutter
1 = open
FLUSH_VALVE
11
1215
Spare
PMT_SIGNAL
UVLAMP_SIGNAL
NORM_PMT_SIGNAL
PMT_TEMP
HVPS_VOLTAGE
PMT_DARK
7
7
LAMP_DARK
AGND_DARK
AGND_LIGHT
VREF_DARK
VREF_LIGHT
0 (register number)
PMT detector
UV lamp intensity
PMT temperature
10
PMT detector
HVPS_VOLTAGE
PMT_TEMP
PMT temperature
UVLAMP_SIGNAL
UV lamp intensity
Temperature MUX
PHOTO_ABS
SAMPLE_PRESSURE
Sample pressure
TEST_INPUT_8
REF_4096_MV
SAMPLE_FLOW
10
TEST_INPUT_11
11
12
Converter temperature
13
OXY_FLOW
CONV_TEMP
REF_GND
14
DAC MUX
15
Ground reference
RCELL_TEMP
IZS_TEMP
IZS temperature
Spare
A-28
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Bit or Channel
Number
Signal Name
Description
TEMP_INPUT_4
TEMP_INPUT_5
TEMP_INPUT_6
Spare
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC_CHAN_1
DAC_CHAN_2
DAC_CHAN_3
DAC_CHAN_4
CONC_OUT_1
CONC_OUT_2
CONC_OUT_3
TEST_OUTPUT
Concentration output #1
Concentration output #2
Concentration output #3
T101, M101E.
T108, M108E.
Triple-gas option.
T108U, M108EU.
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions, S/W Version C.7 (E-Series), 1.0.5 (T-Series)
07266B DCN6485
A-29
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Table A-5:
ATIMER
Description
Automatic timer expired
EXITZR
EXITHS
EXITMP
SLPCHG
EXITDG
PMTDTW
UVLMPW
UV lamp warning
DRKCLW
CONCW1
CONCW2
RCTMPW
IZTMPW
PTEMPW
CTEMPW
OFLOWW
SFLOWW
SPRESW
BTEMPW
HVPSW
T101, M101E.
A-30
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Description
Units
PMTDET
mV
PHABS
mV
UVDET
mV
LAMPR
DRKPMT
mV
DARKUV
mV
S2SLP1
PPB/mV
S2SLP2
PPB/mV
H2SLP1 or TRSLP1
PPB/mV
H2SLP2 or TRSLP2
PPB/mV
TRSLP1
PPB/mV
TRSLP2
PPB/mV
S2OFS1
mV
S2OFS2
mV
H2OFS1 or TROFS1
mV
H2OFS2 or TROFS2
mV
TROFS1
mV
TROFS2
mV
S2ZSC1
PPB
S2ZSC2
PPB
H2ZSC1 or TRZSC1
PPB
H2ZSC2 or TRZSC2
PPB
TRZSC1
PPB
TRZSC2
PPB
S2CNC1
PPB
S2CNC2
PPB
H2CNC1 or TRCNC1
PPB
H2CNC2 or TRCNC2
PPB
TRCNC1
PPB
TRCNC2
PPB
Concentration stability #1
PPB
Concentration stability #2
PPB
UV lamp stability
mV
PPB
STABIL
STABL2
STABUV
4
5
STRLGT
07266B DCN6485
A-31
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Name
Description
Units
RCTEMP
IZSTMP
IZS temperature
PMTTMP
PMT temperature
CNVEF1
CNVEF2
TRCEF1
TRCEF2
CNVTMP
Converter temperature
OXYFLW
cc/m
SMPFLW
cc/m
SMPPRS
Sample pressure
Hg
BOXTMP
HVPS
Volts
TEST8
mV
TEST11
mV
TEMP4
TEMP5
TEMP6
REFGND
mV
RF4096
mV
XIN1
XIN1SLPE
Channel 1 Analog In
6
XIN1OFST
XIN26
XIN2SLPE6
XIN2OFST
6
XIN3
Channel 3 Analog In
XIN3SLPE6
XIN3OFST
6
XIN4
Channel 4 Analog In
6
XIN4OFST6
XIN4SLPE
6
XIN5
XIN5SLPE
Channel 5 Analog In
6
XIN5OFST
6
XIN6
Channel 6 Analog In
XIN6SLPE6
XIN6OFST
A-32
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
Name
XIN76
Description
Units
Channel 7 Analog In
XIN7SLPE6
XIN7OFST
6
XIN8
Channel 8 Analog In
XIN8SLPE6
XIN8OFST
AGNDDK
mV
AGNDLT
mV
RF4VDK
mV
mV
RF4VLT
T101, M101E.
Triple-gas option.
T108, M108E.
T108U, M108EU.
Optional.
07266B DCN6485
A-33
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
MODBUS Register
Address
Description
Units
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0
mV
mV
mV
mV
10
PPB/mV
12
PPB/mV
14
PPB/mV
16
PPB/mV
18
mV
20
mV
22
mV
24
mV
26
PPB
28
PPB
30
PPB
32
PPB
34
PPB
36
PPB
38
PPB
40
PPB
42
Concentration stability #1
PPB
44
PPB
46
48
IZS temperature
50
PMT temperature
52
54
56
cc/m
A-34
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
58
Sample pressure
Hg
60
62
Volts
64
mV
66
mV
68
70
72
74
mV
76
mV
78
mV
80
Converter temperature
82
cc/m
84
Concentration stability #2
PPB
UV lamp stability
mV
100
PPB/mV
102
PPB/mV
104
mV
106
mV
108
PPB
110
PPB
112
PPB
114
PPB
116
118
86 7
Conc. units
Conc. units
Conc. units
Conc. units
100
Conc. units
102
Conc. units
UV detector warning
07266B DCN6485
A-35
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
HVPS warning
10
11
12
13
14
15
Invalid concentration
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
2+4
29
2+4
20
Triggers zero calibration of range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
21
Triggers span calibration of range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
22
Triggers zero calibration of range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
23
Triggers span calibration of range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
A-36
07266B DCN6485
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
T101, M101E.
Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise a
calibration check is performed.
Triple-gas option.
T108, M108E.
T108U, M108EU.
Optional.
07266B DCN6485
A-37
Teledyne API T/E-Series Models 101, 102, and 108 Software Documentation (PN05492D DCN6485)
A-38
07266B DCN6485
PARTNUMBER
000940100
000940400
000940800
002690000
002700000
002720000
003290000
005960000
009690000
009690100
011630000
012720000
013140000
013210000
013390000
013400000
013420000
013570000
014080100
014400100
014750000
016290000
016300700
037860000
040010000
040030100
041020000
041620100
041800400
042410200
043570000
045230200
046250000
046260000
046880000
048830000
049310100
049760100
050510200
050610100
050610200
050610300
050610400
050630100
051990000
052660000
052930200
055100200
055560000
07266B DCN6845
DESCRIPTION
CD, ORIFICE, .003 GREEN
CD, ORIFICE, .004 BLUE
CD, ORIFICE, .012 (NO PAINT)
CD, LENS, PL-CON (KB)
CD, LENS, BI-CON (KB)
CD, FILTER, 330NM (KB)
THERMISTOR, BASIC (VENDOR ASSY)(KB)
AKIT, EXP, 6LBS ACT CHARCOAL (2 BT=1)
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL6 100=1) 47mm
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL6, 30=1) 47mm
HVPS INSULATOR GASKET (KB)
ASSY, CELL ADAPTOR, (KB)
ASSY, COOLER FAN (NOX/SOX)
ASSY, VACUUM MANIFOLD
ASSY, KICKER
CD, PMT, SO2, (KB)
ASSY, ROTARY SOLENOID
THERMISTOR HOUSING ASSY SOX/NOX(KB)
ASSY, HVPS, SOX/NOX
OPTION, ZERO AIR SCRUBBER
AKIT, EXP KIT, IZS
WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM, ANG BKT
ORING, TEFLON, RETAINING RING, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), w/FM4
ASSY, MOLY CONV, WELD, (KB)
ASSY, SO2 SENSOR (KB)
PCA, PMT PREAMP, VR
ASSY, PUMP, INT, SOX/O3/IR *
AKIT, EXPENDABLES
PCA, RELAY CARD
ASSY, RXCELL HEATER/FUSE
ASSY, THERMISTOR, RXCELL (KB)
ASSY, SO2 SCRUBBER, PTFE CARTRIDGE
AKIT, EXP KIT, EXHAUST CLNSR, SILCA GEL
PCA,TEC DRIVER,PMT,(KB)
ASSY, TC PROG PLUG, MINI HICON, 'K', TC1
PUMP, INT, 115/240V * (KB)
OPTION, 100-120V/60Hz (KB)
OPTION, 100-120V/50Hz (KB)
OPTION, 220-240V/50Hz, (KB)
OPTION, 220-240V/60Hz (KB)
PCA, REF DET w/OP20, DUAL OUT
ASSY, SCRUBBER, INLINE EXHAUST, DISPOS
ASSY, HEATER/THERM, IZS
ASSY, BAND HEATER TYPE K, NOX
ASSY, OPTION, PUMP, 240V *
ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 5" LEADS
B-1
PARTNUMBER
058021100
061930000
062390000
066970000
067240000
067300000
067300100
067300200
067900000
068810000
069500000
072150000
072660000
073480100
CN0000073
CN0000458
CN0000520
FL0000001
FL0000003
FM0000004
HW0000005
HW0000020
HW0000030
HW0000031
HW0000036
HW0000101
HW0000453
HW0000685
KIT000093
KIT000095
KIT000207
KIT000219
KIT000236
KIT000253
KIT000254
KIT000261
OP0000031
OR0000001
OR0000004
OR0000006
OR0000007
OR0000015
OR0000016
OR0000025
OR0000027
OR0000039
OR0000046
OR0000083
OR0000084
B-2
DESCRIPTION
PCA, MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP
PCA, UV LAMP DRIVER, GEN-2 43mA *
ASSY, MOLY GUTS w/WOOL
PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *
PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB)
PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
MANUAL, T101, OPERATORS
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T101 *
POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
PLUG, 12, MC 1.5/12-ST-3.81 (KB)
PLUG, 10, MC 1.5/10-ST-3.81 (KB)
FILTER, SS (KB)
FILTER, DFU (KB)
FLOWMETER (KB)
FOOT
SPRING
ISOLATOR
FERRULE, SHOCKMOUNT
TFE TAPE, 1/4" (48 FT/ROLL)
ISOLATOR
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL
AKIT, REPLCMNT(3187)214NM FLTR (BF)
AKIT, REPLACEMENT COOLER
KIT, RELAY RETROFIT
AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT
KIT, UV LAMP, w/ADAPTER (BIR)
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
AKIT, SOX SCRUBBER MATERIAL (CH17), 1oz
WINDOW, QUARTZ, 1/2"DIA, .063" THICK (KB
ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
ORING, 2-029V
ORING, 2-038V
ORING, 2-039V
ORING, 2-117V
ORING, 2-120V
ORING, 2-133V
ORING, 2-042V
ORING, 2-012V
ORING, 2-019V
ORING, 105M, 1MM W X 5 MM ID, VITON
ORING, 2-020V
07266B DCN6845
PARTNUMBER
OR0000094
PU0000022
RL0000015
SW0000025
SW0000059
WR0000008
07266B DCN6845
DESCRIPTION
ORING, 2-228V, 50 DURO VITON(KB)
REBUILD KIT, FOR PU20 & 04241 (KB)
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
B-3
B-4
07266B DCN6845
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T101, M101E
(05494D DCN5798)
Company: _________________________
Phone Number: ___________
Email: ____________________
The serial number can be found on the back of the instrument, the firmware revision is displayed in the upper left corner of the
display when pressing SETUP on the front panel (Example: C.3).
RECORDED
VALUE
ppb/ppm
ACCEPTABLE
VALUE
PARAMETER
50 ppb - 20 ppm
SO2 SLOPE
SO2 OFFS
RECORDED
VALUE
ACCEPTABLE
VALUE
1.0 0.3
mV
< 250
mV
< 250
SAMP FL
cm/min
600 75
H2S SLOPE
PRES
IN-HG-A
~5<ambient
H2S OFFS
-20 to 150
HVPS
400-900
PMT signal
with zero air
mV
PMT signal at
span gas conc
mV
ppb/ppm
0-5000
0-20 000 ppb
RCELL TEMP
50 1
NORM PMT at
span gas conc
mV
ppb/ppm
0-5000
0-20 000 ppb
BOX TEMP
Ambient + ~5
UV LAMP
mV
1000 to 4800
PMT TEMP
72
LAMP RATIO
30-120%
IZS TEMP
50 3
CONV TEMP
315 5
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
mV
-50 to 200
mV
2000 1000
DARK LAMP
mV
-50 to 200
mV
2000 1000
No
No
You can access and submit an online version of this form at http://www.teledyne-api.com/forms/p-fm101e.asp
07266B DCN6845
C-1
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T101, M101E
(05494D DCN5798)
Notes and further information: _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
C-2
07266B DCN6845
07266B DCN6845
D-1
D-2
07266B DCN6845
0364901
03829
04023
0402602
0402701
04105
Description
Prototype Release
FROM
Signal
Assembly
PN
CBL ASSY, ADD-ON MOLY HEATER
Common1
045230100
Relay PCA
Load1
045230100
Relay PCA
AC Neutral
045230100
Relay PCA
CBL ASSY, AC POWER
AC Line
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Neutral
Power Entry
CN0000073
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Line Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
AC Neu Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Line Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
AC Neu Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Line Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
AC Neu Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
CBL ASSY, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD
DGND
045230100
Relay PCA
+5V
045230100
Relay PCA
AGND
045230100
Relay PCA
+15V
045230100
Relay PCA
AGND
045230100
Relay PCA
-15V
045230100
Relay PCA
+12V RET
045230100
Relay PCA
+12V
045230100
Relay PCA
Chassis Gnd
045230100
Relay PCA
CBL, I2C, RELAY BOARD TO MOTHERBOARD
058021100
I2C Serial Clock
Motherboard
058021100
I2C Serial Data
Motherboard
058021100
I2C Reset
Motherboard
058021100
I2C Shield
Motherboard
CBL, IZS HTR/TH, RXCELL & OB TH
058021100
RTHA
Motherboard
058021100
RTHB
Motherboard
058021100
IZTA
Motherboard
058021100
IZTB
Motherboard
045230100
IZS-L
Relay PCA
045230100
IZS-N
Relay PCA
045230100
GND
Relay PCA
045230100
O2-L
Relay PCA
045230100
O2-N
Relay PCA
045230100
TS3
Relay PCA
045230100
TS4
Relay PCA
045230100
N/C
Relay PCA
O2TA
058021100
Motherboard
O2TB
058021100
Motherboard
CBL, RX CELL HEATERS
045230100
Common0
Relay PCA
045230100
Common0
Relay PCA
Load0
045230100
Relay PCA
TS0
045230100
Relay PCA
Relay0
045230100
Relay PCA
AC Neutral
045230100
Relay PCA
TS2
045230100
Relay PCA
TS1
045230100
Relay PCA
CBL, KEYBD TO MTHBRD
Kbd Interupt
LCD Interface PCA 066970000
DGND
LCD Interface PCA 066970000
SDA
LCD Interface PCA 066970000
SCL
LCD Interface PCA 066970000
Shld
LCD Interface PCA 066970000
07266B DCN6845
J/P
Pin Assembly
Checked
KV
TO
PN
P2
P2
P2
6 Moly Heater
7 Moly Heater
10 Moly Heater
052930200
052930200
052930200
2
1
3
L
N
Power Switch
Power Switch
Shield
Chassis
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS1 (+5, 15)
PS1 (+5, 15)
PS1 (+5, 15)
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
SW0000025
SW0000025
L
N
068020000
068020000
068020000
068010000
068010000
068010000
045230100
045230100
045230100
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
J1
J1
J1
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
L
N
L
N
L
N
Date
9/3/10
DCN
J/P
Pin
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P107
P107
P107
P107
3
5
2
6
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P3
P3
P3
P3
1
2
4
5
P27
P27
P27
P27
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P27
P27
7
14
6
13
1
2
11
6
7
3
8
12
4
11
RX Cell Thermistor
RX Cell Thermistor
IZS Therm/Htr
IZS Therm/Htr
IZS Therm/Htr
IZS Therm/Htr
Shield
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Shield
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
046260000
046260000
052660000
052660000
052660000
052660000
2
1
2
3
4
1
043420000
043420000
045230100
045230100
4
2
4
9
043420000
043420000
3
1
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
1
1
2
3
4
5
13
8
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
046250000
046250000
046250000
046250000
046250000
046250000
045230100
045230100
P2
P2
4
6
3
1
2
5
14
9
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
7
2
5
6
10
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
8
2
6
5
P18
P18
D-3
Cable PN
04176
04437
0448501
04488
D-4
Signal
Assembly
CBL, DC POWER TO RELAY BOARD
DGND
Relay PCA
+5V
Relay PCA
+15V
Relay PCA
AGND
Relay PCA
-15V
Relay PCA
+12V RET
Relay PCA
+12V
Relay PCA
CBL, PREAMPLIFIER TO TEC
Preamp TEC drive VREF Preamp PCA
Preamp TEC drive CTRL Preamp PCA
Preamp TEC drive AGND Preamp PCA
CBL, SHUTTER TO RELAY BOARD
+12V RET
Shutter
+12V
Shutter
CBL, MAIN HARNESS
AGND
Relay PCA
-V15
Relay PCA
Motherboard
O2 SIGNALMotherboard
O2 SIGNAL+
Motherboard
PMT TEMP
Motherboard
HVPS
Motherboard
PMT SIGNAL+
Motherboard
AGND
Motherboard
AGND
Motherboard
ETEST
Motherboard
OTEST
Motherboard
PHYSICAL RANGE
Motherboard
AGND
Motherboard
CH7
Motherboard
CH2
Motherboard
+15V
Relay PCA
-15V
Relay PCA
TEC +12V RET
Relay PCA
TEC +12V
Relay PCA
DISP RET
Relay PCA
+5 DISP
Relay PCA
EGND
Shield
SDA
Lamp Driver PCA
SCL
Lamp Driver PCA
+12V
Lamp Driver PCA
+12RET
Lamp Driver PCA
DGND
PMT Preamp PCA
VCC
PMT Preamp PCA
+15V
PMT Preamp PCA
-15V
PMT Preamp PCA
DGND
LCD Interface PCA
VCC
LCD Interface PCA
+12RET
Fan
+12V
Fan
AGND
Flow Module PCA
+15V
Flow Module PCA
PRESS SIGNAL 1
Flow Module PCA
PRESS SIGNAL 2
Flow Module PCA
FLOW SIGNAL 1
Flow Module PCA
FLOW SIGNAL 2
Flow Module PCA
SHIELD
Shield
SHIELD
Shield
TC SIGNAL 1
Relay PCA
TC 1 SIGNAL DGND
Relay PCA
TC SIGNAL 2
Relay PCA
TC 2 SIGNAL DGND
Relay PCA
TO
FROM
PN
J/P
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
041800400
041800400
041800400
J1
J1
J1
013420000
013420000
Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068020000
068020000
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
3
1
6
4
5
3
1
1
2
3
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
049310100
049310100
049310100
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
1
2
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
P6
P6
1
2
O2 Sensor
O2 Sensor
O2 Sensor
O2 Sensor
Shield
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
Shield
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
049210000
049210000
049210000
049210000
P1
P1
P1
P1
5
6
9
10
041800400
041800400
041800400
041800400
P6
P6
P6
P6
5
6
7
8
041800400
041800400
041800400
050630100
050630100
050630100
050630100
050630100
049310100
049310100
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P6
P6
P6
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
4
4
1
5
2
3
2
1
8
1
4
5
6
8
7
1
2
4
6
1
2
7
8
3
4
6
5
4
3
12
9
2
8
1
7
045230100
045230100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P5
P5
P109
P109
P109
P109
P109
P109
P109
P109
P108
P108
P108
P109
P109
P109
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
1
2
10
7
1
4
5
6
12
11
8
16
7
9
3
2
4
6
7
8
1
2
061930000
061930000
061930000
061930000
041800400
041800400
041800400
041800400
066970000
066970000
040010000
040010000
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
P1
P1
P1
P1
P5
P5
P5
P5
P14
P14
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
4
3
1
2
1
2
4
6
2
3
1
2
3
6
2
4
5
1
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P17
P17
P17
P17
1
2
3
4
P14
P14
P14
P14
P14
P9
P9
P9
P9
P9
P9
P11
P11
P11
P11
P11
P11
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
07266B DCN6845
Cable PN
04562
04671
06737
06738
06738
06739
06741
FROM
PN
J/P
Signal
Assembly
CBL, Z/S IZS VALVES
Sample Valve +12V
045230100
Relay PCA
P4
Sample Valve +12V RET Relay PCA
045230100
P4
Zero/Span valve +12V
045230100
Relay PCA
P4
045230100
Zero/Span valve +12V RERelay PCA
P4
Low Span Valve +12V
045230100
Relay PCA
P4
Low Span Valve +12V RE Relay PCA
045230100
P4
AutoZero Valve +12V
045230100
Relay PCA
P4
AutoZero Valve +12V RETRelay PCA
045230100
P4
CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION
GND
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RX0
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RTS0
Motherboard
058021100 P12
TX0
Motherboard
058021100 P12
CTS0
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RS-GND0
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RTS1
Motherboard
058021100 P12
CTS1/485Motherboard
058021100 P12
RX1
Motherboard
058021100 P12
TX1/485+
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RS-GND1
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RX1
Motherboard
058021100 P12
TX1/485+
Motherboard
058021100 P12
RS-GND1
Motherboard
058021100 P12
CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (ANALOG IN OPTION
ATXMotherboard
058021100 J106
ATX+
Motherboard
058021100 J106
LED0
Motherboard
058021100 J106
ARX+
Motherboard
058021100 J106
ARXMotherboard
058021100 J106
LED0+
Motherboard
058021100 J106
LED1+
Motherboard
058021100 J106
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION
RXD
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
DCD
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
DTR
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
TXD
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
DSR
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
GND
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
CTS
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
RTS
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
RI
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION
RXD
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
DCD
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
DTR
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
TXD
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
DSR
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
GND
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
CTS
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
RTS
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
RI
067240000 COM1
CPU PCA
CBL, CPU ETHERNET TO AUX I/O
ATXCPU PCA
067240000 LAN
ATX+
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
LED0
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
ARX+
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
ARXCPU PCA
067240000 LAN
LED0+
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
LED1
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
LED1+
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
CBL, CPU USB TO FRONT PANEL
GND
CPU PCA
067240000 USB
LUSBD3+
CPU PCA
067240000 USB
LUSBD3CPU PCA
067240000 USB
VCC
CPU PCA
067240000 USB
07266B DCN6845
TO
Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SMP/CAL
SMP/CAL
ZS/HI S
ZS/HI S
Lo Span
Lo Span
Zero
Zero
055560000
055560000
055560100
055560100
055560100
055560100
055560000
055560000
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
6
4
2
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
J9
J9
J9
J9
D-5
Cable PN
06746
06910
WR256
D-6
Signal
Assembly
CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND
Motherboard
RX0
Motherboard
RTS0
Motherboard
TX0
Motherboard
CTS0
Motherboard
RS-GND0
Motherboard
RTS1
Motherboard
CTS1/485Motherboard
RX1
Motherboard
TX1/485+
Motherboard
RS-GND1
Motherboard
RX1
Motherboard
TX1/485+
Motherboard
RS-GND1
Motherboard
CBL, COOLER FAN
+12V RET
Relay PCA
+12V
Relay PCA
CBL, XMITTER TO INTERFACE
LCD Interface PCA
TO
FROM
PN
J/P
Pin Assembly
PN
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Shield
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
045230100
045230100
P12
P12
7
8
Cooler Fan
Cooler Fan
013140000
013140000
066970000
J15
Transmitter PCA
068810000
J/P
Pin
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
485
485
485
1
8
4
7
6
8
7
1
4
6
1
2
3
2
1
J1
07266B DCN6845
07266B DCN6845
D-7
J1
1
2
3
4
4 PIN
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
RELAY0
VCC
RELAY1
RN1
330
R1
R2
2.2K 2.2K
RELAY0
K1
RELAY1
1
K3
JP2
Heater Config Jumper
2
COMMON0
LOAD0
TS0
RELAY0
RELAY2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
K2
RELAY2
I2C_Vcc
10
I2C_Vcc
1
JP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HEADER 4X2
+-
SLD-RLY
+-
4
TS0
TS1
TS2
SLD-RLY
COMMON1
LOAD1
TS1
RELAY1
SLD-RLY
+-
YEL
RL0
YEL
RL1
D8
D9
YEL
RL2
GRN
VA0
GRN
VA1
GRN
VA2
D10
GRN
VA3
1
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
2
SN74HC04
VCC
U2B
Q1
VCC
4
11
3
R5
10K
JP4
1
2
3
C3
1
1
D-8
11
VALVE3
VCC
8 PIN
CON10THROUGH
1
VCC
J11
U2F
REV
B
J12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
AUTH
CAC
DATE
10/3/02
12
A
Title
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
Size
B
Date:
File:
4
Te
T
SPARE
J10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
14
3
Te
T
C6
2000/25
SYNC DEMOD
J9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
CON10THROUGH
VALVE2
2 1
10/16
CON10THROUGH
VLV_ENAB
U2E
MTHR BRD
J8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
KEYBRD
J7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
VALVE1
+ C4
C5
10/16
2
A
DC PWR IN
J5
DGND
1
VCC
2
AGND
3
+15V
4
AGND
5
-15V
6
+12RET
7
+12V
8
EGND
9
CHS_GND
10
CON10THROUGH
VALVE0
UDN2540B(16)
9
R4
1M
2 1
D17
RLS4148
MAX693
J4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
WTCDG OVR
AK
C2
0.001
1
2
3
6
7
8
IN 4
OUT4
IN 3
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
OUT 2
IN 1
K
OUT 1
U2D
JP3
1 2
HEADER 1X2
R6
10K
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
VBATT
RESET
VOUT
RESET'
VCC
WDO'
GND
CD IN'
BATT_ONCD OUT'
LOW LINE' WDI
OSC IN
PFO'
OSC SEL
PFI
16
15
14
10
9
U2C
I2C_Vcc
IRF7205
GND
GND
GND
GND
U4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+12V
U5
13
12
5
4
R3
20K
VCC
U2A
5
B
COMMON2
LOAD2
TS2
RELAY2
AC_Neutral
IO3
IO4
PCF8575
12
D7
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
P00
P01
P02
P03
P04
SCL P05
SDA P06
P07
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
Vss
22
23
A0
A1
A2
INT
D4
KA
24
J3
1
2
3
4
5
CON5
21
2
3
1
D3
RED
U1
Vdd
C1
0.1
D2
D1
WDOG
I2C_Vcc
J216 PIN
1
2
RELAY0
3
4
5
6
7
RELAY1
8
9
10
11
12
RELAY2
13
14
15
16
Number
03956
Revision
3
3
30-Jun-2004
Sheet 1 of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PROTEL\03954a.ddb
Drawn By:
6
07266B DCN6845
AC_Line
J20
1
2
3
4
5
6
RELAY3
RELAY4
RN2
330
10
RELAY3
1
K4
RELAY4
2
K5
MOLEX6
2
AC_Neutral
I2C_Vcc
3
I2C_Vcc
+-
SLD-RLY
RL3
RL4
VA4
D12
GRN
D13
GRN
D14
GRN
D15
GRN
D16
GRN
VA5
VA6
VA7
TR0
TR1
C
D11
GRN
KA
D6
YEL
SLD-RLY
D5
YEL
+-
IO3
IO4
VCC
IO13
+12V
11
U3A
SN74HC04
16
15
14
10
9
VLV_ENAB
IN 4
OUT4
IN 3
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
OUT 2
IN 1
K
OUT 1
GND
GND
GND
GND
U3D
9
J6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
U6
2
VCC
IO10
IO11
IO12
1
2
3
6
7
8
13
12
5
4
UDN2540B(16)
U3B
U3E
IO14
Valve4
Valve5
Valve6
Valve7
CON10
4
11
10
B
U3C
14
VCC
U3F
13
IO15
12
J13
1
2
MINIFIT-2
C13
0.1
+12V
Q2
IRL3303
Use 50 mil traces
+12V
J14
1
2
MINIFIT-2
Q3
IRL3303
A
Title
+12RET
1
3
Te
T
07266B DCN6845
Number
Revision
03956
Sheet 2
3
30-Jun-2004
of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PROTEL\03954a.ddb
Drawn By:
6
Te
T
D-9
R7
2.55K
+15V
VDD_TC
ZR1
C15
C7
D
0.1
0.1
+15V
LTC1050
U8
2
4
CCW
CW
JP5
1 2
JUMPER
R13
332K
1K
CCW
R17
R19
J17
1
2
3
4
MICROFIT-4
10K
5K
C
C9
0.1
ZR2
5.6V
AK
VEE_TC
C8
0.1
R15
11K C17
CW
R11
249K
R9
TYPE k
K TC Connector
-15V
CW
4
1
OPA2277
J18
- 2
+ 1
ZR3
10V
3
6
TYPE J
J TC Connector
R21
20k
U7A
KA
C16
0.1
J15
2
+ 1
-
5.6V
R8
2.55K
VDD_TC
ZR4
LTC1050
U9
U7B
3
6
2
J16
2
+ 1
20k
R22
5
6
10V
B
K
-15V
KA
C10
0.1
4
1
J
R-
R14
676K
1K
JP6
1 2
JUMPER
R16
11K
R20
10K
R18
Vin
Gnd
C14
0.1
R10
U10
3
TOUT
CW
R12
249K
TYPE J
J TC Connector
OPA2277
C20
1 uF
5K
C11
LT1025
4
0.1
C12
0.1
A
VEE_TC
Title
TYPE K
J19
- 2
+ 1
K TC Connector
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
D-10
3
Te
4
Te
Number
03956
Revision
3
3
30-Jun-2004
Sheet 3 of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PROTEL\03954a.ddb
Drawn By:
6
07266B DCN6845
+15V
R2
1.1K
S1
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
VR2
D
3
C2
1.0UF
1
LM4040CIZ
TP4
TP5
S1/S4_OUT S2_OUT
TP3
S3_OUT
TP2
10V_REF
TP1
GND
3
2
1
S2
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15V
J1
6
5
4
MINIFIT6
+15V
R1
499
S3
FLOW SENSOR
FM_4
1
2
3
+15V
1
2
3
4
C1
1.0UF
1
CN_647 X 3
S4
VR1
LM4040CIZ
C3
1.0
CON4
07266B DCN6845
APPROVALS
DATE
DRAWN
A
CHECKED
SIZE
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
04354
D
SHEET
3-Dec-2007
of
D-11
Interconnections
04181H-1-m100e200e.sch
preamp cktry
04181H-2-m100e200e.SCH
HVPS Cktry
04181H-3-m100e200e.SCH
A
Title
M100E/200E PMT Preamp PCA
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
D-12
Number
Revision
04181
10-May-2007
Sheet 0 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
07266B DCN6845
6
ON JP2:
+15V
+12V_REF
JP2
+15V
R28
TH1
FSV
+15V
D1
6.2V ZENER
6.2V
1
2
OPTIC TEST
50K
R8
150K
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
TJP1A
TJP2A
U2A
2
R27
R18
SEE TABLE
499
3
LF353
4
C23
100 pF
R6
R15
SEE TABLE
C1
+12V_REF
TO TEC BOARD
100K
C26
0.1 uF
+12V_REF
J2
TP3
VREF
1
COOLER CONTROL
2
AGND
3
3 PIN INLINE
S
Q3
J176
D
R35
1.0K
N/I
U3B
R41
300K
R16
100K
R2
51.1K
6
7
5
* TP24
TJP1A
LF353
4
THERMISTOR+
+15V
PREAMP1
LED+
THERMISTOR+
U13
+15V
R23
+5V_SYS
C6
LED+
HVPS
R7
10K
R1
10K
U3A
R9
1
PMT_TEMP
OPTIC_TEST
2.0K
LF353
R10
4.99K
Q2
PN2222
R37
3.3K
INLINE-9-RA
74AHC1GU04
D2
11DQ05
0.1 uF
8
-15V
RT1
R32
499
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
TP23
*
Ec
J3
SEE TABLE
TJP2A
TP18
TP17
TP25
TP19
TP22
TP21
*
TP20
Signal Connector
J6
ETEST
OPTIC_TEST
HIGAIN
PMT_TEMP
B
HVPS
ELEC TEST
OPTIC TEST
PREAMP RNG BIT2
PREAMP RNG BIT1
PMT TEMP
HVPS VOLTAGE
PMT SIGNAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VPMT
MICROFIT-8
J5
*
TP11
L2
+15V
4.7 uH
C21
+
C49
0.68 uF
100uF
*
TP16
TP15
TP14
TP13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Power Connector
MINIFIT-10
L1
-15V
4.7 uH
+5V_SYS
C16
C46
0.68 uF
4.7uF, 16v
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
07266B DCN6845
Title
Number
04181
Revision
H
10-May-2007
Sheet 1 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
D-13
VPMT
TP9
*
6
11
NC3
14
NC2
+15V
NC1
C31
0.68 uF
8
7
9
10
16
15
1
2
IN 4
COM4
IN 3
COM3
IN2
COM2
IN1
COM1
ETEST
74AHC1GU04
ETEST
PREAMP2
HIGAIN
U17
4
HIGAIN
13
12
4
-15V
ETEST
ETEST
DG444DY
+15V
U5
HIGAIN
-15V
74AHC1GU04
PREAMP1
NC4
V+
V(L)
V-
ETEST_SIGNAL
GND
U4
U9A
3
+5V_SYS
C29
0.68 uF
1
2
-15V
LF353
U16B
R11
100M
C4
0.001 uF
100 pF
R48
1K
R46 100
TP1
*
C2
+15V
7
LF353, OPAMP
R5
R29
50k, POT
1000M
N/I, SHORTED
R12
TP8
*
+15V
R50
N/I
R44
PREAMP2
SEE TABLE
C48
R3
1
PMT Signal Connector
2
4.99K
C5 0.68 uF
U1
6
TP7
*
SEE TABLE
For 1.0 uF use C11.
For 11 uF use C11A & C11B.
PREAMP1
COAX
R17
SEE TABLE
OPA124
C2710uF/25V
R4
TP6
*
C30 0.68 uF
-15V
ETEST_SIGNAL
3
R19
10K, POT
VERSION TABLE:
0100 - M10XE
0200 - M20XE
R38
N/I
COMP. 0100
0200
---------------------------------------------R17
20.0K
10.0 ohms
R44
39.2K
25.5K
R51
10K
not installed
C3
0.1 uF
0.012
C11
11.0
1.0
ELECT. TEST
D-14
R13
N/I, POT
100
SPAN ADJUST
R43
4.99K
1.0uF
C11
-2.5V
C36
0.1 uF
5
LF353, OPAMP
250K
C3
SEE TABLE
U11
1
2
3
4
R36
PMTGND
BUFOUT
FB
OUT
AGND
V+
VDIV RATIO C OSC
8
7
6
5
LTC1062CN8
U2B
+ C11B
22uF/25V
+ C11A
22uF/25V
VREF
0.1 uF
8
J1
PMTGND
TP2
*
GUARD RING
-15V
C47
0.68 uF
+12V_REF
C9
3900 pF, FILM
R51
SEE TABLE
PMTGND
NOTES:
1.
A
Printed documents are uncontrolled
PMTGND
2.
3.
RESISTANCE IS IN OHMS.
4.
Title
M100E/200E PMT Preamp PCA Schematic
Size
B
Date:
File:
4
Number
Revision
04181
10-May-2007
Sheet 2 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
07266B DCN6845
C45
100pF
TP4
*
VREF
C7
0.68 uF
R42
4.99K
U16A
2
Vrf(-)
Vrf(+)
C33
0.68 uF
16V
COMP
5
C24
0.1 uF
TC
Vee
-15V
GND
0.68 uF
Vcc
1
K A
C22
10uF/25V
LF353, OPAMP
R49
1.0K
C20
2
1
C51
0.1uF/ 50V
CA0000192
U6
Iout
3.92K
D7
R20
4.99K
IN
0.1 uF
OUT
C32
1.0uF/16V
CA0000199
+5V_LOCAL
C25
HVPS
GND
GND
+15V
R47
+15V
U22 LT1790AIS6-5
4.99K
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
RN1
R33
5
10
100Kx8
+5V_LOCAL
DAC0802
-15V
U9B
6
7
5
LF535
8
S2
S1
OUT
1
3
LM78L12ACZ(3)
C34
10uF/25V
C15
10uF/25V
OUT
IN
ON/OFF NC
GND
IN
+5V_LOCAL
*TP10
U14
5
4
LP2981IM5
+15V
GND
U8
+12V_REF
TP5
*
C14
10uF/25V
C42
0.68 uF
D6
11DQ05
C50
10uF/25V
TP12
*
1
-2.5V
VR1
LM336Z-2.5
R24
2k
Size
B
-15V
07266B DCN6845
Title
Date:
File:
4
Number
Revision
04181
10-May-2007
Sheet 3 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
D-15
R1
SEE TABLE
C1
D
100pf
-15V
R6
1.0K
C4
0.1uf
U1
R2
R3
1.0K
R4
5K
-15V
4
1
PHOTOCELL
D1
2
1.0K
OPA124
J1
PHOTO_OUT
C7
N.P.
+15V
C3
1.0uF
TP1
TEST_PLUG
R5
100
VR1
5K
+15V
C
VCC
C5
0.1uf
+ C2
1.0uf
-15V
IN
OUT
REF_2.5V
PHOTO_OUT
C6
0.1uf
VR2
LT1460S3-2.5
GND
+15V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U2
GND
VCC
REF+
REFIN+
INGND
GND
GND
GND
F0
SCK
SDO
CS
GND
GND
LTC2413
B
MICROFIT
+15V
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
VCC
C8
0.1
R1
4.99M
2.0M
1
D-16
APPROVALS
DRAWN
CHECKED
DATE
A
APPROVED
REVISION
04420
B
SHEET
LAST MOD.
3-Aug-2004
of
4
07266B DCN6845
04693_p2
04693_p2.sch
+12V
VREF
R7
3.9K
JP1
TP3
TEST_PLUG
U3
VREF
1
Vdd
2
A0
3
A1
4
Vout
JUMPER2
GND
SDA
SCL
PD
8
7
6
5
VDRIVE
VDRIVE
LAMP_FDBACK
HEADER 4
TP5
Drive Voltage
PE-6196
2.7k, 25W
RP2D
4.7K
C2
0.1 uF
C4
R4
100
C3
VREF
IRF520
Q2
IRF520
Q3
R2
R3
N/I
N/I
N/I
C24
N/I
VREF
TP8
Primary Current
TP1
AD5321-RM8
TEST_PLUG
IPRIMARY
C23
TP10
PreReg_Control
VDAC
LAMP_FDBACK
R8
C
VREF
RP2A
U1B
LM358
RP2B
4.7K
D6
1N4148
R21
0.2 Ohms, 2W
TP11
Lamp Current
TP9
Lamp Voltage
R1
N/I
1N4148
R6
75, 1/4W
VLAMP
R5
N/I
R10
75, 1/4W
Q6
NPN
VCOMP
TP12
ACOMP
30K
R22
4
+12V
4.7K
1N4148
LAMP OUTPUT
+12V
10k
C6
0.03 uF
D4
1N4148
D5
TP7
Q3 Drain V
ACOMP
ACOMP_2
D3
0.01 uF
220
VREF
R20
TP4
TEST_PLUG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TP6
Q2 Drain V T1
1
2
3
4
P2
TP2
TEST_PLUG
+12V
P1
ACOMP
R25
10K,1%
R14
10
R26
50K
R11
47K
+12V
8
1
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
A
B
C
C1
5/1/03
6/1/03
9/3/03
11/18/03
CREATED
Changed layout on 1st switvher stage
Changed R15 value
Changed R43 & C15 values
CAC
CAC
CAC
CAC
R27
R28
40K
+12V
5.1K
1 uF
R36
20K
LM358
R35
40K
IPRIMARY
R38
4.7K
R31
47K
RT
SHUTDOWN
OSC. OUTPUT
D1
1N914
U4B
7v ZENER
GROUND
COMP
16
2
R17
47K
5
R15
232
6
12
R16
3.9K
C11
C12
R18
40k
C7
0.01 uF
0.0047 uF 0.1 uF
1N914 D9
7
VREF
LM358
0.01 uF
07266B DCN6845
DISCHARGE
INV. INPUT
R33
40K
CT
SOFT START
U2
SG3525
D2
R39
255K
C16
VSET
VC
OUPUT B
R32
40K
R30
47K
C14
ACOMP
NONINV. INPUT
6
U1A
OUTPUT A
VREF
VCOMP
R29
100K
R34
40K
INITIAL
DATE
10
C9
0.1 uF
1N914
VDAC
REV.
14
249
D8
A1
0
1
0
1
11
249
R13
SYNC
VCC
A0
0
0
1
1
VREF
PWM CONTROLLER
R12
13
15
D7
7V
C5
0.01 uF
APPROVALS
DATE
CAC
5/1/03
SIZE
B
APPROVED
DRAWN
CHECKED
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
04693
E
SHEET
LAST MOD.
2-Jun-2004
of
D-17
C18
D10
VDRIVE
L1
VDRIVE
+12V
+12V
4.7 uF
C21
25 uH
DIODE
+ C20
C19
N/I
R42
25.5K
1000 uF
R47
R23
R46
50K
4.7 uF
+ 100 uF
5.1K
VIN
U5
C17
L2
25 uH
SW
GND
FB
VCOMP
C22
R45
1k
ACOMP_2
VREF
PN3645_PNP
5.1K
LAMP_FDBACK
2
N/I
100K
Q1
R41
VSWITCH
lamp_fdback
1k
R37
1
R43
2k
LT1268
C15
0.68 uF
+12V
U4A
LM358
+12V
1
C10
0.1 uF
+12V
R44
0
C13
0.1 uF
C8
0.1 uF
A
Title
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
D-18
Revision
04693
2-Jun-2004
Sheet of2
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\04691CC\source\04693e.ddb
Drawn By:
07266B DCN6845
+15
+15
+15
+15
+15
+15
R34 2.00K
C14
1
2
C15
22uF
22uF
C16
C17
C4
R12
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
49.9
R17
0.2
R7
+15
D1
R3
J1
1.00K
C12
R22
0.1uF
49.9
R4
U2V+
0.2
0.2
R18 1.00K
R5
1.00K
C2
C9
0.1uF
6
R31 1.00K
0.1uF
R27
Q1
MTB30P6V
U1V+
LMC6464BIM
C8
U2B
R24 1.00K
1
Q3
MTB30P6V
U2A
R29 1.00K
6.04K
0.1uF
U1B
Q2
MTB30P6V
3
LMC6464BIM
11
LMC6464BIM
U2V+
JUMPER
JP1
R25 20.0K
R26 20.0K
+15
C7
0.1uF
C13
C6
0.1uF
TP4
R16
TP2 TP3
TP1
R15 2.00K
0.1uF
20.0K
R35 0.2
J3
R1
3
2
1
10.0K
U1A
10.0K
1
2
R14 10.0K
R2
J2
U2C
8
R23 10.0K
R36 0.2
10
11
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
U2VU1V-
U1D
U1C
10
8
R32
Q5
NTB30N06L
1.00K
12
R33
Q4
NTB30N06L
1.00K
14
13
9
LMC6464BIM
R28
U2D
C18
12
0.1uF
13
14
6.04K
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
C1
C3
0.1uF
0.1uF
1.00K
Q6
NTB30N06L
C10
0.1uF
R8
R10 1.00K
R30
1.00K
R20 1.00K
R9
R6
R19
0.2
0.2
0.2
C11
R21
R11
C5
0.1uF
0.1uF
49.9
49.9
Title
Mounting Holes
X1
X2
X3
X4
Size
X5
B
Date:
File:
07266B DCN6845
Number
Revision
04932
13-Jan-2005
Sheet 1 of
N:\PCBMGR\UNREL\04930PW\Protel\04930.DDB
Drawn By: RJ
6
C
1
D-19
B
JP1
R1
Not Used
R2
22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Title
Size
A
Date:
File:
1
D-20
Revision
04468
6/28/2004
N:\PCBMGR\..\04468B.sch
Sheet of
Drawn By:
4
07266B DCN6845
U6
1
A
+5V
R7
1.37K
J1
12
+5V
CHASSIS-1
R8
1.37K
SP3050
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
16
15
14
13
10
J2
ATX+
ATXARX+
LED0
LED0+
ARXLED1+
LED1
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
DF11-8DP-2DS(24)
CONN_RJ45_LED
+5V
SDA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Header 8
GND
TP1
P2
U7
SMF05T2G
B
5
+5V-ISO
P3
U8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SDA
SCL
SCL
4
12
11
1
R10
2.2k
Header 8
VDD1
VDD2
LME0505
GND1
GND2
5
14
13
7
+5V-OUT
TP2
L1
47uH
C
C2
4. u
R16
1k
TP4
C1
100u
TP3
ISO-GND
DS3
GRN
GND
GND
Title
Size
A
L 1
1
07266B DCN6845
Date:
File:
3
Number
Revision
A
06731
1/28/2010
Sheet 1 of 3
N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-1_ETHERNET.SchDoc
Drawn By: RT
4
D-21
V-BUS
V-BUS
C19
0.1u
R11
2.2k
C22
0.1u
3.3V
C24
DS4
6
9
11
12
J4
3
2
1
4
4
5
7
8
V-BUS
C23
0.1u
GND
VDD
RST
SUSPEND
TXD
RTS
DTR
SUSPEND
RXD
CTS
DSR
DCD
RI
GND
D+ U10
DVREG-I
VBUS
26
24
28
TXD-A
RTS-A
DTR-A
14
13
12
25
23
27
1
2
3
RXD-A
CTS-A
DSR-A
DCD-A
RI-A
19
18
17
16
15
U11
17
16
15
14
13
10
USB
CHASSIS
3
C
nc
nc
28
24
1
2
18
19
20
21
22
R12
4.75k
GRN
D+
DVBUS
GND
C20
0.1u
4. u
CP2102
21
22
GND
U9
C1+
C1C2+
C2-
VCC
ONLINE
VV+
TI1
TI2
TI3
TO1
TO2
TO3
RO1
RO2
RO3
RO4
RO5
RI1
RI2
RI3
RI4
RI5
STAT
SHTDN
RO2
GND
26
23
3
27
GND
J3
9 TXD-B
10 RTS-B
11 DTR-B
1
7
5
9
4
8
3
2
10
6
RXD-B
CTS-B
DSR-B
DCD-B
RI-B
4
5
6
7
8
20
25
C26
1u
RXD
CTS
DSR
N/C
TXD
RTS
DTR
DCD
RI
GND
DF11-10DP-2DS(24)
0
R14
SP3243EU
C25
0.1u
C21
0.1u
GND
0
R15
NUP2202W1
GND
GND
MT1
MT2
MT-HOLE
CHASSIS
MT-HOLE
CHASSIS-1
Title
Size
A
Date:
File:
1
D-22
Number
Revision
A
06731
1/28/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-2_USB.SchDoc
Sheet 2 of 3
Drawn By: RT
4
07266B DCN6845
+5V-ISO
R9
4.99
A
+5V-ADC
C2
0.1u
P1
C3
0.1u
C5
0.1u
C6
0.1u
C
0.1u
U1
AN-CH0
AN-CH1
AN-CH2
AN-CH3
AN-CH4
AN-CH5
AN-CH6
AN-CH7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B
C4
0.1u
C2
4. u
C1
0.1u
ISO-GND
U2
ANALOG INPUT
C
0.1u
4
7
8
11
22
24
14
U3
1
2
3
C9
0.1u
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
6
5
4
1
2
3
SMS12
6
5
4
SMS12
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
VDD
VDD
SHTDN
SDA
SCL
A2
A1
A0
NC
NC
REF
NC
REF-AJ
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
AGND DGND
1
2
13
ISO-GND
9
5
10
12
6
4.75k
R1
27
26
28
25
3
C10
4. u
C11
0.01u
4.75k
R2
MAX1270BCAI+
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
+5V-ISO
+5V-ISO
+5V
+5V-ISO
C13
0.1u
C14
0.1u
R5
2.2k
R6
2.2k
SDA
SCL
VDD2
NC
SDA2
NC
NC
SCL2
GND2
GND2
VDD1
NC
SDA1
NC
NC
SCL1
GND1
GND1
14
15
12
13
10
11
16
9
ISO-GND
R3
2.2k
R4
2.2k
SDA
DS1
SCL
DS2
YEL
YEL
3
2
5
4
8
6
7
1
GND
NC7WZ17P6X
6
U4A
U5
C12
0.1u
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
3
4
U4B
NC7WZ17P6X
ADuM2251
Title
GND
Size
A
Date:
File:
1
07266B DCN6845
ISO-GND
Number
Revision
A
06731
1/28/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-3_ADC.SchDoc
Sheet 3 of 3
Drawn By: RT
4
D-23
MT1
MT2
MT3
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
MT4
MT5
CHASSIS CHASSIS
TP3
MT6
MT7
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
MT8
MT9
SDA
CHASSIS CHASSIS
SDA
TP1
J1
TP4
3.3V
SCL
R6
R1
10K
10K
DithB U/D
R2
R3
R4
10K
L/R
10K
10K
10K
aHSync aVsync Mode
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
R5
TP2
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB2
SCL
0039300100
J7
aR2
aR4
aR6
aB2
aB4
aB6
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
FBMH3216HM501NT
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
aG3
aG5
aG7
aB3
aB5
aB7
aDCLK
R21
jumper
Default:R21B
bDCLK
CLK
BACKL
aData Enable
aData Enable
C2
0.0022
CA_112
aR3
aR5
aR7
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)
C1
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
aG2
aG4
aG6
3.3V
R7
100K
C7
1.0
GMK107BJ105KA
+5V
5
4
3
2
1
A
FB16
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB17
0039300100
FBMH3216HM501NT
FBMH3216HM501NT
5V-GND
5V-GND
52
51
i BackLightDrive
R46
NI
R47
0
R48
NI
3.3V
+5V
JP2
Internal Dithering
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
1
3
Scan Direction
U/D L/R Scan Dir.
0
1
UD, LR
1
0
DU, RL
0
0
UD, RL
1
1
DU, LR
(1 = H, 0 = L)
FB4
5V-GND
J8
G0
G2
G4
R0
R2
R4
B0
B2
B4
DEN
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
FBMH3216HM501NT
NI
G1
G3
G5
J3
4
6
7
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DEN 9
10
11
12
B5 13
B4 14
B3 15
16
B2 17
B1 18
B0 19
20
G5 21
G4 22
G3 23
24
G2 25
G1 26
G0 27
28
R5 29
R4 30
R3 31
32
R2 33
R1 34
R0 35
36
37
38
39
40
10
11
12
R1
R3
R5
13
14
15
Mode
B1
B3
B5
C3
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
0 R28
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)
DCLK
FB3
J14
10
9
8
7
6
+5V
FB1
J2
50
49
48
Bklght47
46
45
Vcom
44
Mode
43
aData Enable 42
aVsync
41
aHSync
40
aB7
39
aB7
aB6
38
aB6
aB5
37
aB5
aB4
36
aB4
aB3
35
aB3
aB2
34
aB2
33
aB1
32
aB0
aG7
31
aG7
aG6
30
aG6
aG5
29
aG5
aG4
28
aG4
aG3
27
aG3
aG2
26
aG2
25
aG1
24
aG0
aR7
23
aR7
aR6
22
aR6
aR5
21
aR5
aR4
20
aR4
aR3
19
aR3
aR2
18
aR2
17
aR1
16
aR0
15
14
13
L/R
12
U/D
11
10
Vgh
9
Vgl
8
AVdd
aReset
7
6
Vcom
5
DithB
4
3
2
1
Bklght+
C4
0.0022
CA_112
16
17
18
6X3 Jumper
C5
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
C6
0.0022
CA_112
5V-GND
JP3
L/R
GM800480X-70-TTX2NLW
CL586-0529-2
U/D
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
11
12
B
NI
41
42
CL586-0527-7
4X3 Jumper
Make
FEMA
Data Image
United Radiant Tech.
Model
GM800480W
FG0700A0DSWBG01
UMSH-8173MD-1T
JP2
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17
3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17
2-3, 4/ 5/ 6 NC, 7/ 8/ 9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/ 17/ 18 NC
JP3
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
D-24
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P1.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 1 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
07266B DCN6845
A
TP5
AVdd: +10.4V
R8
3.3V
R13
9.76
D3
BAT54S
R14
2.0
C16
18
0.33
CAT4139TD-GT3
FDV305N
1
D
S
21
C18
0.33
Q1
R16
464K
20
19
R18
80.6K
5V-GND
3.3V
8
13
22
BACKL
C35
0.1
R26
10K
14
15
SCL
SDA
AO
A1
A2
SCL
SDA
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
INT
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
12
FBP
10
VCOM
CTRL
C19
0.33
23
GD
14
R17
806K
15
VGH
PGND
HTSNK
Vgh: +16V
3.3V
R31
A
B
C22
24pf
C23
C24
C25
C26
43pf
43pf
43pf
0.1
TP10
Vcom: +4V
C27
1.0
GMK107BJ105KA
Default:R31B
R22 jumper
S1
S2
SW_46
Vcom
3.3V
Default: NI
Maint_SW
Lang_Select
R19
66.5K
TP9
25
SW_46
Opt. Main Sw
R31
NO
NO
B
PCF8574
+5V
16
CPI
PGND
R23
33K
10K
Vss
1
2
3
TPS65150PWP
Vgh
R27
jumper
Default:R27B
5V-GND
U3
C12
TMK325BJ226MM
22uf/25V
D4
BAT54S
C17
0.33
17
DRVP
GND
C21
470pf
16
R25
10K
Vdd
R24
10K
U2
COMP
R11
806K
R15
100K
FBN
ADJ
C20
0.220
+5V
C13
24pf
SUP
FB
REF
GMK107BJ105KA
C15
1.0
DRVN
FDLY
1K
Vgl
Bklght-
SW
R12
24
5V-GND
DLY2
FB
K A
MBRM120LT1G
SW
SHDN
DLY1
Vin
GND
Vgl: -7V
3.9uH
U1
C11
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
TP7
C14
1.0
GMK107BJ105KA
VIN
TP8
11
R10
10K
AVdd
D2
L2
Bklght+
22uH
C10
4.7uF/16V
487K
CD214A-B140LF
D1
L1
C9
4.7uF/16V
C8 0.001
IN
+5V
R9
309K
SW
TP6
5V-GND
5V-GND
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
07266B DCN6845
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P2.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 2 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
D-25
+5V
J9
VBUS
DD+
ID
GND
USB-B-MINI
6
IN
CHASSIS
SHTDN
A
JP4
BP
C28
1uF
C29
470pf
C30
1uF
5V-GND
3.3V
U4
D_N
D_P
USB3.3V
3.3V-REG
OUT
1
2
3
4
5
GND
FB13
C38
USB3.3V
4
3
J11
SDA
R32
5V-GND
SDA
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
0.1uF
R39
100K
5V-GND
R33
100K
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
C39
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
VBUS
USB3.3V
FBMH3216HM501NT
CHASSIS
R36
12K
GND
SUS/R0
+3.3V
USBUSB+
XTL2
CLK-IN
1.8VPLL
RBIAS
+3.3PLL
C34
0.1
+5V
FB8
PWR3
OCS2
PWR2
3.3VCR
U8
+1.8V
USB2514-AEZG
OCS1
PWR1
TEST
+3.3V
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
CHASSIS
C32
1uF
5V-GND
C41
FB9
0.1
1
2
3
4
USB3.3V
C33
0.1uF
5V-GND
C43
0.1uF
DS2
GRN
5V-GND
F2
+5V
5V-GND
0.1uF
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
FB11
8
7
6
5
+5V
FB12 0.5A/6V
5V-GND
0.1uF
C45
5V-GND
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
D-26
USB-A_VERT
J6
F3
Configuration Select
Mode
R32
R45
Default
A
A
MBUS
B
B
Install 100K for A, 0 Ohm for B
5V-GND
4
GND
3
D+
2
D1
+5V
U11
C36
0.1uF
5V-GND
C42
CHASSIS
5V-GND
USB-A_VERT
J5
FB10 0.5A/6V
USB3.3V
5V-GND
4
GND
3
D+
2
D1
+5V
5V-GND
C44
1uF
R37
100K
8
7
6
5
U9
C60
0.1uF
D4_P
D4_N
D3_P
D3_N
D2_P
D2_N
1K
C40
5V-GND
D1_N
D1_P
R38
0.5A/6V
0.1uF
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5V-GND
B
USB-A_R/A
J4
5V-GND
37
0.1
C59
FB5
CHASSIS
+5V
0.1
GND
D+
D+5V
F1
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
R20
49.9
FB7
U7
R45
5V-GND
NI
SCL
C31
BUS +5
SCL
USB3.3V
USB3.3V
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
VBUS-DET
RESET
HS-IND/S1
SCL/S0
+3.3V
SDA/R1
OCS4
PWR4
OCS3
CHS
-V
5V-GND
R30
100K
5V-GND
70553-004
+5V
OUT
D1D1+
D2D2+
+3.3V
D3D3+
D4D4+
CHS
R35
100K
6
7
8
9
10
GND
LL
GND
RL
D+ SHLD
DRT
+5
LT
TSHARC-12C
A1
+V
E
24MHZ
DS1
GND
R29
NI
To old TScreen
J12
1K
1
2
3
4
5
0.01uF
U5
70553-004
YEL
C37
To new TScreen
LL
RL
SD
RT
LT
1uF
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
5
JP5
R34
100K
J10
RT
RL
SD
LL
LT
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P3.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 3 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
07266B DCN6845
A
3.3V
C61
0.1
J13
J15
CHASSIS
7
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
1
12
11
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
G3168-05000202-00
Y0_P1
Y0_N1
Y1_P1
0 R50
0 R51
Y1_N1 0 R52
Y2_N1
0 R54
Y2_P1
CLKOUT_N1
CLKOUT_P1
U6
Y0_P
Y0_N
Y1_P
Y1_N
Y2_N
Y2_P
6
7
8
0 R53
9
10
0 R55
9
8
11
10
14
15
11
12
0 R56
bDCLK
13
14
CLKOUT_N
CLKOUT_P
R40
3.3V
10K
FB18
3.3V
R41
100
R42
100
R43
100
28
36
42
48
R44
100
12
20
FBMH3216HM501NT
7
13
18
C62
FB6
19
21
0.1
FB14
Vcc PIN 28
C46
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
23
16
17
22
HEADER-7X2
Option
MH1
MH2
MH3
MH4
0 R49
Vcc PIN 36
Vcc PIN 42
Vcc PIN 48
Y0P
Y0M
Y1P
Y1M
Y2M
Y2P
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
CLKOUT
CLKINM
CLKINP
SHTDN
NC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
LVDS/VCC
PLLVCC
LVDSGND
LVDSGND
LVDSGND
PLLGND
PLLGND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
24
26
27
29
30
31
33
34
35
37
39
40
41
43
45
46
47
1
2
4
5
aR2
aR3
aR4
aR5
aR6
aR7
aG2
aG3
aG4
aG5
aG6
aG7
aB2
aB3
aB4
aB5
aB6
aB7
BACKL
aData Enable
NOTE:
To receive backlight control (BACKL) from CPU board
when using ICOP_0096 LVDS Transmitter.
The connection from pin 42 on the TTL video connector
(VSYNC) to U1-23 must be broken and connected to
pin 43.
3
25
32
38
44
SN75LVDS86A
C49
C47
C50
C48
C51
C53
C52
C54
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
C
C55
C56
C57
C58
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
07266B DCN6845
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P4.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 4 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
D-27
',*287
6+'1
',*,2
6+'1
',*,2
'>@
,2:
',*,2
'>@
'>@
,2:
',*,2
E3VFK
'
'
',*287
6+'1
'>@
'>@
6+'1
'>@
,2:
',*,2
',*,2
,2:
',*,2
',*,2
,25
',*,2
,25
',*,2
E3VFK
'>@
',*,2
'>@
',*,1
'>@
',*,2
E3VFK
6(1625,1
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
&
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
'>@
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
&
E3VFK
$1$,1
,25
9)5($'
'>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
'>@
,25
9)5($'
'>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
E3VFK
$1$287
,2:
'>@
'$&9
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
6+'$&
'>@
,2:
'>@
'$&9
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
6+'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
:5'$&
95()
7&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
:5'$&
95()
7&
E3VFK
VKHHW
E3VFK
'>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
$
'>@
3&,)
'>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
E3VFK
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
D-28
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
07266B DCN6845
9&&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
*1'
'
+&
35(
&/.
'
&/5
'
8$
35(
&/.
'
&/5
,&B'59B567
,2(1
+&
8%
8&
8$ +&
35(
&/.
'
&/5
4
4
,17
$
07266B DCN6845
5
5
. .
8'
35(
&/.
'
&/5
4
4
'*1'
6'$
9&&
6&/
3&)
&/.
,$&.
,17
$
5(6(7
9&&
&6
5'
:5
6&/
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
,54
,54
6'$
'*1'
966
X)FHUDPLF
&
5
N
:',
5
9&&
* '6
''
*'
,&
56
5
6&/
6+'$&
'6
*'
8&
+&
6'$
8'
+& ,&
/7&&6
1RWHV
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
7LWOH
7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&$
7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&%
0,&52),7
,'&+($'(5
5(6(7
-3
X)9
8
6&/
&
+&
9&&
.%,17
-3
,1/,1(
73
73
-
.%,17
6'$
9&&
&
73
9&&
,'&+($'(5
-
,&B5(6(7
+&
-3
0,&52),7
6+'1
'
6+'1
8%
+&
8
,25
,2:
'6
/('5('VPW
6<6&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
5
N
5
.
-
',
',
',
',
'2
'2
'2
'2
',
',
',
',
'2
'2
'2
'2
''
3&&'
9&&
;
8$
8
9&&
-
,25
,2:
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
7&
-,72'&)2+0
9&&
9&&
,25
,2:
9&&
9&&
+&
5
.
-3 ,'&+($'(5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
73
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
,&B5(6(7
+&
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
8'
VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH
9
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
2&
&/.
(1
8%
*
*
+&
9&&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
51 .[
!
"
#$
%&'*+7
!
"
#
%8
;+**7
3LQV VKRUWHGRQ3&%
-3
$(1
,2(1
&
+($'(5'()$8/7('
X)FHUDPLF
$+&*8
-3
,25
8
+&
,'&+($'(5
73
+&
3 4
8$
+&
8$
,2:
',*,2
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
;&
;'
;(
;)
73
,2:
*
*
',*,2
-3
9&&
',*,2
5
,17
+&
+&
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1$%
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
9&&
8&
8
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
127,167$//('
9&&
8
$
%
&
'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
26&
9
%$/(
7&
'$&.
,54
,54
,54
,54
,54
6<6&/.
5()5(6+
'54
'$&.
'54
'$&.
,25
,2:
60(05
60(0:
.(<
9
(1';)5
9
'54
9
,54
9
5(6(7'59
*1'
+&
8'
$
'>@
+&
$
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
8%
$
$(1
+&
,&
$
5
N
8
-%
3&
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH
&
$
$
$
$
&
'
*1'
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$(1
,2&+5'<
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,2&+(&.
-$
3&
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-29
5;
7;
56*1'
576
&76
!<
+<
/('*51VPW
5
.
-
5
127,167$//('
/('*51
&
6:
6:6/,'(3'7
=
=
=
9&&
9
95(7 9
07
07
07
02817,1*+2/(
9
07
07
07
-
73
07
73
73
73
73
73
79
60'$/&&
!<
79$55$<
'%0
+
127,167$//('
'6
+<
02/(;
1&
5;'
7;'
1&
*1'
1&
576
&76
1&
'6
/('5('
9
5(7
'*1'
9
9
$*1'
9
$*1'
(*1'
&+$6*1'
9&&
5
127,167$//('
$8;&'&&32:(5&,1
5
5
.
5
.
9&&
-
,1/,1(
5
N
&
'
9
'&(VLGHRIVZLWFKLVVLGHWRZDUGVSLQ
5;
576
7;
&76
56*1'
5;
576
7;
&76
56*1'
79
79$55$<
60'$/&&
5
.
/('5('
&RP56$
'6
'6
'
&RP56%56
-
'%)(0$/(
07
07
02817,1*+2/(
02817,1*+2/(
9&&
'
0%56&7
'
X)97$17$/80
&
&
''B
X)97$17$/80
'' 5PXVWEH
ZLWKLQRI-
0%56&7
5
127,167$//('
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
D-30
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
07266B DCN6845
j
x
>
&
8$
Xj
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
'
&/.
M
*`
>
$
q
[
>
$
q
[
q
$
>
{
{
{
{>
{
{$
{q
{
&6'$&$
&65$1*(
&6'$&%
&65$1*(
j
73
8
;
*`
M
x
>
q
8%
23$8$
$
5
5
N
.
56
>
$
,'&
-
j
79$55$<
>
$
[
&
X)FHUDPLF
5
N
$
>
$
j
&
X)FHUDPLF
x
q
&
q
8$
>
x>
>
>
73
&
$
>
8'
23$8$
>
M'+
;
*`
jM
j
jM
62&.(78
5
N
.
23$
6+'$&
x
5
&
S)
-
>
$
>
$
q
&
8$
X)FHUDPLF
,QVWDOO-IRU
P$RQWK
FKDQQHO
x
>
23$8$
8%
5
q
x
$
>
>
$
q
[
0,&52),7
5
j
.
j
X)FHUDPLF
q
$
x>
>
>
23$8$
8&
5
23$8$
8'
>
5
N
.
+ ?
5
J
M
Q
& ?Q
07266B DCN6845
-
j
&
73
0%56&7
q
5
>
$
q
[
j
N
'$&
[
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
j
&
S)
,QVWDOO5
5LIP$
RQWKFKDQQHO
QRWXVHG
56
!
y
'
&
S)
73
0%56&7
&
S)
q
&
Xj
'
'DQG'
0XVWEHORFDWHG
ZLWKLQRI8
&
S)
&
S)
5
23$8$
'$&
>
;
*`
M
j
''B
79
&
S)
X)FHUDPLF
'8$/'$&$
8 327',*,7$/
j
8%
q
&
S)
zj
q
5
&
X)FHUDPLF
$
q
>
'
&/.
79$55$<
+($'(5,'&
5
>
$
79
j
8 '$&%,7
&6'$&%
'
&/.
8&
23$8$
73
X)FHUDPLF
Xj
q
$1$/2*92/7$*( &855(172873876
-
>
$
q
)(%($'
7(50%/2&.
)(%($'
,'&
23$
q
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
>
j!&
5 .
zj X)FHUDPLF
>
73 73
>
$
,'&
'$&
y
q
-
|]]q}
q
&
Xj
!
y
'$&5$1*( 2))6(7352*5$0
>
$
X)FHUDPLF
>
5
zj
-
60'$/&&
327',*,7$/
23$8$
60'$/&&
62&.(78
8
X)FHUDPLF
'8$/'$&$
>
+&
zj
&
X)FHUDPLF
>
x!
'$&%,7
jM
$
q
j
jM
M'+
;
*`
$
q
&/.
>
>
$
q
&6'$&$
'
&/.
>
8
+&
8&
73
$
q
$
q
+
>
,2:
,62/$7('0$237,21$/%2$5'6
$
;Mx
>
8%
'$&9 >
j
>
@
!F G
XZX[
Q\!\!8XX
G
G
\@
\]
^G
ZQ
$
D-31
9
'
X)9
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6(/
51
.[
9&&
8%
8$
.
'
%$6
5
.
''
'
%$6
8%
/)
9&&
&
'
'
'
9
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
8
+&
73
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9&&
1&
96
1&
5()
1&
9,
2379
96
&26
&/.
$'.3
73
X)FHUDPLF
9&&
3/$&(
2+0
5(6,6725$6
&/26($6
3266,%/(72
;$1';
73
73
73
'%
5'0%<7(
'%
*1'
8
'%
7,(
7,(
'%
;LOLQ[&3/'
7',
706
7&.
D-32
;
0%+0+=
7&
7,(
7,(
7,(
7,(
)5(4
7,(
7,(
9&&,2
*1'
7'2
6(/
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
6(/
73
'
,25
6$
6%
6&
67$57
9)5($'
06%
0,'
/6%
$
7LWOH
'DWH
)LOH
&
73
2UFDG%
;
5
6L]H
&
X)FHUDPLF
/)
X)FHUDPLF
X)97$17$/80
-,72'&$$(0+=
&
'
'
'
5
.
&
&
5
.
5
,&
'
&203
&203
$*1'
*1'
)287
9
&
X)97$17$/80
5
5DQG5UHGXFHWKHJDLQ
IRUDQDORJLQSXWVE\VR
WKDWZHFDQUHDGVOLJKWO\
DERYHIXOOVFDOHWRSUHYHQW
RYHUIORZRI$'&UHDGLQJ
9
X)
9
,2:
&
X)
. 56
8
+&
73
5
.
5
'>@
9)352*
%$6
&
+&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
9
56
&
23287
23
23
9,
9,
5
&$B
7&
6+'1
%
56
5
9&&
5
.
'
'
'
'
9&&
96
*1'
96
X)9
8$
8
9
6
6
6
6
,1
,1
,1
,1
9&&
&
95()&/,3
''
,2:
9&&
73
8
'*'<
9
92/7$*(5()
&+*$,1
0&+,3
5
9
95()
8%
23$
9
1&
1&
1&
9,1
9287 15
75,0 *1'
8
5LQGXFHVDQ
RIIVHWLQDQDORJ
VLJQDOWRJLYHD
OLYH
IRUVHQVRUV
ZLWKRUVOLJKWO\
QHJDWLYHRXWSXW
X)FHUDPLF
&
&
X)FHUDPLF
23$
X)9FHUDPLF
7&
8$
'
$'&95()
5'/6%
'%
'%
7,(
7,(
7,(
'%
9)&/.
,&/.
9&&,17
7,(
*1'
95()
1&
1&
(1%
$
$
$
$
&
X)97$17$/80
5'06%
7,(
'%
9&&,17
,25
*1'
6$
6%
6&
5($'
67$57
X)FHUDPLF
51 .[
966
&
$108;
&
&
966
.
&
5
287
&+
&+
&+
&+
51 .[
56
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
8
&+
&+
&+
&+
&
9
$1$/2*,13876
73
73
95() $*1'
&+
&+
&+
&+
'$&08;
5
9 9
7(0308;
,&
23$8$
-
0,&52),7
-
0,&52),7
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
'
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
>
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
07266B DCN6845
9
9$1$
8
%<3$66&$36
0867%(:,7+,1
2)7+(
5(*8/$725
,1387287387
3,16
,1
287
212)) 1&
*1'
'
'
&
X)97$17$/80
/3,0
&
X)
'>@
9&&
7(0308;
&
6+'1
7(03
8'
,2:
9
,QVWDOO;7WKURXJKKROH
25;760'
EXWQRWERWK
8
0$;&:1
287
966
*1'
9
(1%
$
$
$
56
:5
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
56
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
7+(50,67(5
;7
9$1$
;7
7+(50,67(5
-
7+(50,67(5
5
.
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
0,&52),7
+&
&
99
8
'$&08;
& X)FHUDPLF
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
5 .
'
'
'
'
9&&
96
*1'
96
6
6
6
6
,1
,1
,1
,1
'*'<
51
51 .[
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
j
j
j
j
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
.[
$
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
07266B DCN6845
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-33
&21752/,13876
9&&
S)
/
/
/
&
S)
5
S)9
S)9
&
S)9
S)9
3ODFHWKHVHWHUPLQDWLRQUHVLVWRUVDWWKHHQGRIHDFKGDWD
OLQH(DFKGDWDOLQH
VKRXOGEHODLGRXWDVDGDLV\FKDLQWKHVLJQDOSDVVLQJ
IURPRQH,&WRWKHQH[W
9&&
&
&
&
/ )(%($'
&
8
36
&
&
5
'
'>@
&
S)
(;7B9B287
&
+&
'
'
&
'
&
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
'
',*,2
,25
'
'
&
&
/
'
&
7(50%/2&.
&
&
/
&
/ )(%($'
&
<+!*
M+!M*
;
*
*
'
/
/
/
73
8
8
36
-
51
.[
&
51
[
&
'
S)
%
&
51
.[
8
51
/
&
)(%($'
S)
(;7B9B287
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
,25
',*,2
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'>@
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
D-34
7LWOH
S)
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
+&
&
&
7(50%/2&.
&
/
&
/
/
/
/
&
<+!*
M+!M*
;
8
36
-
*
*
[
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
$
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
07266B DCN6845
9&&
&
'
73
',*,2
;Mx
6+'1
y
8%
+&
>
$
q
8
+&
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
'>@
&
',*,7$/2873876
51
[
'
8
8
&
36
&
&
S)
S)
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
36
&
-
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
&
&
)(%($'
&
&
)
9&&
S)
&
5(6(77$%/()86($9
'
&
&
7(50%/2&.
S)
/
$67$7862873876
/
)(%($'
(;7B9B287
',2'(6&+277.<
$
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
07266B DCN6845
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
q
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-35
9&&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
'>@
8
&
&
S)
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
36
-
/ )(%($'
&2B(;7B5(7
&
&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9
4
9
62
'
.
',2'(6&+277.<
4
5
9
.
62
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
S)
5(/$<63'7
.
.
'
',2'(6&+277.<
5
S)
-
5(/$<63'7
'
',2'(6&+277.<
5
&
+&
8$
,2:
36
',*,2
8
+&
(;7(51$/&211(&725
62/'(56,'(
S)
&
6+'1
4
9
.
62
.
5(/$<63'7
'
',2'(6&+277.<
5
4
.
$
7LWOH
.
62
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
D-36
<+!$*
!$!
$*
$*$!
M'+'+
7(50%/2&.
5(/$<63'7
95(7
&
S)
S)
8
&21752/2873876
7(50%/2&.
51
[
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
9&&
&
&
&
'
&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
S)
&
&
8&
&
2(
&/.
&
,2:
36
&
',*,2
8
+&
8
&
6+'1
6+'1
'
',*,7$/2873876
51
[
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
07266B DCN6845
MT1
MT2
CHASSIS-0 CHASSIS
U1
+3.3V
J2
VAD6
VAD8
VAD10
B
VBD2
VBD4
VBD6
VBD10
VAD6
VAD7
VAD8
VAD9
VAD10
VAD11
VBD10
VBD11
VAD0
VAD1
VAD2
VAD3
VBD2
VBD3
VBD4
VBD5
VBD6
VBD7
44
45
47
48
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
12
13
15
16
18
19
20
22
BACKL 23
VBDE 25
Header 22X2
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
VAD0
VAD2
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
To LCD Display
VAD1
VAD3
VAD7
VAD9
VAD11
VBD3
VBD5
VBD7
VBD11
22.1
VBGCLK
VBDE
5
11
17
24
46
R1
10K
R2
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Y0M
Y0P
Y1M
Y1P
Y2M
Y2P
CLKIN
CLKOUTM
CLKOUTP
SHTDN
NC
NC
VCC
VCC
VCC
LVDSVCC
PLLVCC
VLDSGND
VLDSGND
VLDSGND
PLLGND
PLLGND
41
40
39
38
35
34
Y0_N
Y0_P
Y1_N
Y1_P
Y2_N
Y2_P
J1
Y2_P
Y2_N
Y1_P
CLKIN
26
33 CLKOUT_N
32 CLKOUT_P
27
Y1_N
Y0_P
+3.3V
Y0_N
CLKOUT_P
14
43
CLKOUT_N
2
8
21
37
29
42
36
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
30
28
MH1
MH2
MH3
MH4
CHASSIS
+3.3V
G3168-05000101-00
SN75LVDS84A
C
+3.3V
BACKL
J3
Y0_P
Y1_P
Y2_N
CLKOUT_N
+3.3V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12
13 14
Y0_N
Y1_N
Y2_P
CLKOUT_P
Header 7X2
C1
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
Title
Size
A
Date:
File:
07266B DCN6845
Number
Revision
B
06882
5/7/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06882-P1-R0.SchDoc
Sheet 1 of 1
Drawn By: RT
4
D-37